• 当前位置:卡耐基范文网 > 试题答案 > 【人教版新目标】九年级英语全套单元测试题(112页...
  • 【人教版新目标】九年级英语全套单元测试题(112页,Word版,含答案)

    Unit
    1 标准检测
    (时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.What
    did
    the
    boy
    get?
    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.What
    does
    Bob
    want
    to
    be?
    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.What
    will
    the
    weather
    be
    like?
    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.Where
    will
    Julie
    go
    if
    she
    gets
    enough
    money?
    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )5.How
    does
    Tom
    learn
    English?
    A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.What
    is
    Peter
    doing?
    A.He’s
    writing.B.He’s
    drawing.
    C.He’s
    singing.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.What
    sport
    are
    they
    talking
    about?
    A.Baseball.
    B.Volleyball.
    C.Basketball.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.What
    does
    the
    man
    want
    now?
    A.A
    blue
    shirt.B.A
    blue
    jacket.C.A
    black
    shirt.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.Where
    does
    the
    man
    want
    to
    go?
    A.To
    the
    book
    store.
    B.To
    the
    post
    office.
    C.To
    the
    bus
    stop.
    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.How
    does
    Susan
    study
    for
    a
    Chinese
    test?
    A.By
    making
    flashcards.
    B.By
    making
    vocabulary
    lists.C.By
    working
    with
    friends.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.What’s
    Ann
    going
    to
    do
    this
    weekend?
    A.She’s
    going
    to
    ski.
    B.She’s
    going
    to
    skate.
    C.She’s
    going
    to
    cycle.
    (  )12.Who
    is
    Jack
    going
    to
    do
    sports
    with?
    A.His
    friends.
    B.His
    classmates.
    C.His
    parents.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.Where
    is
    Jane
    going
    to
    do
    exercise?
    A.On
    the
    playground.B.In
    the
    classroom.C.In
    the
    gym.
    (  )14.When
    does
    Jane
    do
    exercise?
    A.Every
    morning.B.Every
    afternoon.C.After
    school.
    (  )15.What
    sport
    is
    Mike
    going
    to
    take
    part
    in?

    A.Hiking.
    B.Running.
    C.Swimming.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.Carol
    is
    ________
    this
    year.A.12
    B.13

    C.14
    (  )17.Carol
    is
    good
    at
    English
    because
    ________.A.she
    has
    studied
    with
    a
    groupB.she
    has
    joined
    an
    English
    language
    clubC.she
    has
    written
    vocabulary
    lists
    (  )18.Carol
    ________
    at
    weekends.A.watches
    English
    moviesB.goes
    out
    with
    her
    brotherC.goes
    shopping
    with
    her
    mother
    (  )19.Carol
    goes
    to
    the
    club
    ________.A.on
    Monday
    evenings
    B.on
    Friday
    evenings
    C.at
    weekends
    (  )20.Carol
    ________
    at
    night.A.watches
    TV
    B.writes
    to
    her
    pen
    pal
    on
    the
    computer
    C.watches
    English
    movies
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一篇有关假期安排的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。
    Season
    Sports
    Leaving
    Time
    How
    long
    How
    to
    go
    there
    In
    (21)________
    To
    (22)________
    and
    row
    In
    the
    first
    (23)
    _______
    in
    January

    A
    (24)_______
    By
    (25)_______
      二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.—________
    do
    you
    tell
    him
    about
    the
    event
    (事件)?
    —By
    ________
    e-mail.

    A.How;
    sending
    B.How;
    sendC.What;
    sending
    D.What;
    send
    (  )27.Have
    you
    come
    up
    with
    any
    idea
    to
    ________
    the
    air
    pollution?

    A.deal
    to
    B.deal
    with

    C.do
    about

    D.do
    to
    (  )28.________
    too
    much
    is
    bad
    for
    your
    health.

    A.Eating

    B.Eat
    C.To
    eating
    D.Eatting
    (  )29.He
    often
    practices
    ________
    with
    his
    teacher.

    A.running
    B.runs

    C.run
    D.to
    run
    (  )30.I
    don’t
    know
    this
    word.I
    must
    ________
    in
    the
    dictionary.

    A.look
    up
    it
    B.look
    them
    up

    C.look
    up
    them
    D.look
    it
    up
    (  )31.I
    find
    ________
    very
    difficult
    to
    understand
    people
    who
    speak
    fast.A.thatB.this
    C.it

    D.they
    (  )32.What
    ________
    reading
    aloud
    to
    practice
    pronunciation?A.of

    B.about
    C.around
    D.at
    (  )33.I
    can’t
    believe
    what
    you
    said
    ________
    I
    see
    what
    you
    do.A.without
    B.unless

    C.if
    not

    D.with
    (  )34.Why
    ________
    an
    English-language
    club?

    A.don’t
    joinB.not
    joinsC.don’t
    you
    joining
    D.not
    join(  )35.We
    regard
    him
    ________
    the
    best
    teacher
    in
    our
    school.A.for
    B.as

    C.like
    D.to
    (  )36.It’s
    impolite
    to
    ________
    other’s
    talking.A.break
    out
    B.break
    off
    C.break
    up
    D.break
    in
    (  )37.It
    was
    very
    important
    for
    me
    ________
    English.

    A.study
    B.to
    study
    C.studiesD.studying
    (  )38.I
    couldn’t
    always
    make
    sentences,
    ________.A.too

    B.either
    C.never

    D.also
    (  )39.Lillian
    tried
    her
    best
    ________
    a
    good
    student.

    A.become

    B.becoming
    C.becomes
    D.to
    become
    (  )40.The
    teacher
    was
    very
    angry
    ________
    me.

    A.with
    B.to
    C.of
    D.in

    (  )41.I
    got
    an
    A
    this
    term,
    so
    my
    teacher
    was
    ________.

    A.impressed

    B.impressing
    C.impress
    D.impresses
    (  )42.—I
    hope
    you
    don’t
    mind
    my
    pointing
    out
    your
    mistakes.
    —________.

    A.Not
    at
    all
    B.You’re
    welcomeC.Of
    course
    D.It’s
    a
    pleasure
    (  )43.In
    the
    morning
    classes,
    all
    the
    students
    are
    reading
    Chinese
    texts
    ________.

    A.loud
    B.aloudlyC.aloud
    D.noisily
    (  )44.Don’t
    laugh
    ________
    anybody.You
    should
    help
    them
    when
    they
    are
    in
    trouble.

    A.at

    B.to

    C.ofD.with
    (  )45.I
    had
    a
    little
    trouble
    ________
    English
    grammar.A.to
    learn
    B.learning
    C.learned
    D.learn
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    My
    parents
    took
    me
    to
    Japan
    when
    I
    was
    little.
    I
    lived
    there
    for
    five
    years.
    __46__
    I
    came
    back,
    my
    Japanese
    was
    very
    good.
    “Can
    I
    do
    something
    useful
    with
    my
    Japanese?”
    I
    asked
    myself.
    Then,
    one
    day
    last
    spring,
    I
    got
    a
    good
    opportunity
    (机会).
    I
    stayed
    at
    home
    with
    __47__
    to
    do,
    so
    my
    father
    brought
    me
    a
    Japanese
    book.
    “Why
    don’t
    you
    translate
    it
    into
    Chinese?
    It
    will
    be
    better
    than
    __48__
    computer
    games
    all
    day.”
    I
    promised
    (许诺)
    to
    do
    2,000
    words
    each
    day.
    But
    __49__
    I
    found
    it
    was
    hard
    to
    keep
    the
    promise.
    One
    day
    in
    May,
    the
    weather
    was
    beautiful.
    But
    I
    couldn’t
    go
    out.
    Those
    2,000
    words
    were
    still
    __50__
    me.
    After
    translating
    only
    three
    pages,
    I
    already
    lost
    interest
    in
    the
    book.
    I
    looked
    at
    it
    for
    a
    long
    time.
    But
    I
    couldn’t
    make
    myself
    turn
    the
    pages.
    How
    I
    wished
    I
    could
    just
    go
    outside
    and
    __51__
    football
    with
    my
    friends!
    I
    counted
    the
    words
    again
    and
    again.
    I
    just
    wanted
    to
    give
    up.
    I
    felt
    as
    if
    two
    people
    were
    fighting
    __52__
    my
    mind.
    One
    said,
    “Don’t
    give
    up!
    Keep
    working
    hard,
    and
    you’ll
    do
    well!”
    But
    then
    the
    other
    one
    said,
    “Go
    and
    play!
    It
    will
    be
    more
    __53__
    than
    translating.
    Do
    your
    work
    tomorrow.”
    I
    stood
    up
    and
    would
    __54__
    the
    computer.
    But
    then
    I
    remember
    __55__
    my
    parents
    had
    told
    me,
    “Whatever
    you
    do,
    don’t
    stop
    halfway.”
    So
    I
    sat
    down
    and
    went
    on
    with
    it.
    (  )46.A.Because
    B.UntilC.SinceD.When
    (  )47.A.nothing
    B.somethingC.everything

    D.anything
    (  )48.A.doing

    B.playing

    C.practicingD.seeing
    (  )49.A.just
    then
    B.right
    now
    C.soonD.suddenly
    (  )50.A.talking
    toB.looking
    atC.smiling
    atD.waiting
    for
    (  )51.A.playB.give
    C.buyD.watch
    (  )52.A.in
    B.with
    C.about

    D.for
    (  )53.A.fun
    B.importantC.useful

    D.dangerous
    (  )54.A.turn
    on
    B.turn
    off
    C.openD.close
    (  )55.A.how
    B.where

    C.which

    D.what
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后面的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A
    Come
    and
    see
    the
    Indian
    elephants
    and
    the
    new
    tigers
    from
    America.
    The
    bears
    are
    waiting
    to
    meet
    you,
    and
    the
    monkeys
    from
    China
    are
    waiting
    to
    throw
    things
    at
    you.
    The
    lovely
    dogs
    from
    Australia
    are
    waiting
    to
    laugh
    at
    you,
    and
    the
    giraffes
    from
    Zambia
    are
    waiting
    to
    look
    down
    on
    you.
    Tickets
    Grown-ups:$2.00
    Children:Over
    12
    $1.00

    Under
    12
    Free
    Opening
    time
    9:00
    am-4:00
    pm
    Except
    Friday
    10:00
    am-3:00
    pm
    Keep
    the
    zoo
    clean!
    Do
    not
    touch,
    give
    food
    or
    go
    near
    the
    animals.
    (  )56.How
    many
    kinds
    of
    animals
    are
    talked
    about
    in
    the
    passage?A.Four.
    B.Five.C.Six.

    D.Seven.
    (  )57.Now
    Mr.
    Smith
    is
    in
    the
    zoo
    with
    his
    two
    sons,
    one
    aged
    14
    and
    the
    other
    10.How

    much
    are
    the
    tickets
    together?

    A.$4.00.
    B.$2.00.
    C.$3.00.
    D.$1.00.
    (  )58.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    the
    visiting
    time?

    A.8:30
    am
    on
    Monday.

    B.9:30
    am
    on
    Friday.

    C.3:00
    pm
    on
    Sunday.

    D.5:00
    pm
    on
    Tuesday.
    (  )59.From
    the
    passage
    we
    can
    guess
    the
    animal
    “giraffe”
    must
    be
    very
    ________.

    A.fat
    B.long

    C.strongD.tall
    (  )60.Which
    of
    the
    following
    can
    we
    do
    in
    the
    zoo?

    A.To
    give
    some
    food
    to
    the
    dogs.
    B.To
    touch
    the
    monkey
    on
    the
    head.

    C.To
    throw
    things
    everywhere.
    D.To
    take
    a
    few
    nice
    photos.
    B
    I
    often
    hear
    some
    students
    say
    English
    is
    difficult,
    and
    it
    gives
    them
    a
    headache.
    But
    English
    is
    very
    easy
    for
    me.
    I’m
    good
    at
    it.
    I’m
    very
    glad
    to
    tell
    you
    something
    about
    how
    I
    study
    English.
    First,
    I
    think
    an
    interest
    in
    English
    is
    very
    important.
    When
    I
    learned
    English
    first,
    it
    was
    fresh
    for
    me.
    I
    was
    interested
    in
    it,
    so
    I
    worked
    hard
    at
    it.
    Soon
    we
    had
    an
    English
    exam
    and
    I
    got
    a
    very
    good
    mark.
    How
    happy
    I
    was!
    After
    that,
    I
    learned
    English
    harder
    and
    harder.
    Our
    English
    teacher
    often
    teaches
    us
    English
    songs,
    and
    the
    songs
    sound
    nice.
    I
    often
    think
    how
    interesting
    English
    is!
    Second,
    I
    think
    English
    is
    a
    foreign
    language.
    I
    should
    learn
    it
    well
    in
    the
    following
    ways:
    Listen
    to
    the
    teacher
    carefully,
    speak
    bravely,
    read
    aloud
    and
    have
    a
    good
    vocabulary.
    Then
    practice
    again
    and
    again,
    never
    be
    tired.
    And
    I
    also
    have
    a
    good
    habit:
    Asking
    whenever
    (不论何时)
    I
    have
    a
    question.
    I
    must
    make
    it
    clear
    by
    asking
    our
    English
    teacher.
    How
    happy
    I
    am
    when
    I
    understand!
    Besides
    this,
    I
    often
    read
    English
    stories,
    jokes
    and
    easy
    novels.
    They
    help
    me
    understand
    a
    lot
    of
    things.
    So
    to
    do
    more
    reading
    is
    an
    important
    way
    to
    learn
    English
    well.
    And
    I
    also
    write
    English
    diaries.
    English
    has
    become
    a
    close
    friend
    of
    mine.
    (  )61.Why
    do
    some
    students
    often
    “have
    a
    headache”?

    A.Because
    they
    are
    easy
    to
    catch
    a
    cold.

    B.Because
    it’s
    often
    very
    cold

    C.Because
    they
    think
    English
    is
    easy.

    D.Because
    they
    don’t
    think
    English
    is
    easy.
    (  )62.The
    writer
    tells
    us
    that
    we
    should
    be
    ________
    in
    English
    if
    we
    want
    to
    learn
    it
    well.

    A.kind

    B.interested
    C.angry

    D.strict
    (  )63.The
    sentence
    “I
    got
    a
    very
    good
    mark”
    means
    ________.

    A.I
    got
    a
    good
    way

    B.I
    had
    a
    good
    idea

    C.I
    did
    badly
    in
    the
    examD.I
    did
    well
    in
    the
    exam
    (  )64.The
    writer
    thinks
    English
    is
    interesting
    because
    ________.

    A.English
    is
    full
    of
    storiesB.English
    is
    full
    of
    jokes

    C.his
    teacher
    often
    teaches
    them
    nice
    English
    songsD.of
    nothing
    (  )65.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    not
    the
    way
    the
    writer
    studies
    by?

    A.Speaking
    bravely.

    B.Writing
    to
    foreign
    friends.

    C.Reading
    aloud.

    D.Writing
    English
    diaries.C
    配对阅读 左栏是五个人的需求信息,右栏是七条信息。请将这五个人与相应的信息配对。

    (  )66.It’s
    Tina’s
    first
    time
    to
    come
    to
    New
    York.She
    wants
    to
    visit
    some
    popular
    attractions,
    and
    she
    likes
    to
    go
    somewhere
    interesting.

    (  )67.Nick
    has
    got
    much
    lucky
    money
    at
    the
    Spring
    Festival.He
    is
    looking
    for
    a
    meaningful
    way
    to
    help
    poor
    kids
    in
    China
    with
    his
    money.
    (  )68.Celina
    knows
    that
    the
    news
    online
    usually
    spreads
    more
    quickly
    than
    that
    in
    the
    newspaper.She
    wants
    to
    read
    news
    online
    for
    kids.

    (  )69.Mr.
    Smith
    came
    across
    an
    old
    friend
    today.They
    went
    to
    a
    pub
    and
    had
    a
    good
    drink.After
    the
    drink,
    Mr.
    Smith
    needed
    someone
    to
    drive
    him
    home.
    (  )70.Linda
    is
    going
    on
    a
    trip
    now.She
    knows
    the
    Hudson
    River
    Greenway
    is
    a
    path
    for
    pedestrian
    &cyclists
    only.It
    is
    a
    wonderful
    way
    to
    see
    the
    river
    and
    the
    cityscape.So
    she
    is
    looking
    for
    a
    rental
    bike
    now.
    A.Net
    Family
    News
    is
    a
    non-profit
    public
    service
    for
    parents
    and
    educators
    of
    kids.Please
    visit
    us
    at
    .

    B.Do
    you
    have
    any
    difficulty
    in
    learning
    English
    grammar?
    This
    book
    tells
    you
    how
    to
    be
    successful
    in
    learning
    it
    and
    it
    also
    gives
    some
    valuable
    advice
    to
    you.
    C.Project
    Hope
    is
    a
    Chinese
    public
    service
    project.It
    aims
    to
    help
    children
    whose
    families
    are
    too
    poor
    to
    afford
    to
    complete
    elementary
    school
    education.People
    can
    donate
    money
    to
    it
    to
    help
    children
    in
    need
    and
    show
    their
    love.
    D.Do
    you
    like
    a
    bike
    ride
    around
    the
    city?
    We
    have
    hundreds
    of
    bikes
    for
    renting.We
    offer
    hourly,
    half-day
    and
    full-day
    rates.Please
    call
    us
    to
    discuss
    availability
    at
    212-260-0400
    or
    email
    us
    at
    nyc@bikeanddroll.com.
    E.The
    American
    Museum
    of
    Natural
    History
    is
    one
    of
    New
    York
    City’s
    most
    popular
    attractions,
    featuring
    four
    floors
    filled
    with
    exhibitions
    on
    every
    natural
    history
    topic
    from
    dinosaurs
    and
    mammals
    (哺乳动物)
    to
    biodiversity
    (生物多样性)
    and
    outer
    space.
    F.You
    can
    talk
    to
    our
    P.E.teacher
    who
    might
    introduce
    a
    club
    to
    you,
    or
    might
    know
    a
    local
    yoga
    class.
    G.Are
    you
    looking
    for
    a
    good
    driver
    to
    drive
    your
    car?
    Please
    call
    John
    at
    332-768
    and
    he’d
    like
    to
    help
    you.
    五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。Henry
    Brown
    is
    a
    new
    teacher
    in
    No.2
    Primary
    School.He
    (71)________
    math.He
    likes
    his
    children
    and
    is
    kind
    to
    them.He
    (72)________
    his
    best
    to
    teach
    them
    well.But
    as
    (73)________
    new
    teacher,
    he
    has
    little
    experience,
    so
    his
    students
    are
    not
    good
    at
    math.
    One
    day,
    the
    headmaster
    of
    the
    school
    came
    to
    listen
    to
    Henry’s
    class.(74)________
    class,
    he
    came
    to
    the
    front
    of
    the
    classroom.He
    wanted
    to
    check
    (75)________
    the
    children
    understood
    the
    lesson
    just
    now.So
    he
    said,
    “Excuse
    me,
    Mr.Brown.May
    I
    ask
    your
    students
    some
    (76)________?”
    “Of
    course,
    Mr.Ted.”
    Henry
    answered.Then
    Mr.Ted
    asked,
    “(77)____
    is
    four
    and
    three?”
    “Seven,”
    the
    children
    answered
    together.Both
    Henry
    and
    Mr.Ted
    were
    (78)________.Mr.Ted
    went
    on
    asking,
    “And
    what
    is
    four
    from
    four,
    then?”
    But
    this
    time
    (79)________
    could
    answer.Henry
    was
    standing
    behind
    Mr.Ted.He
    drew
    a
    circle
    (80)________
    the
    air
    with
    his
    fingers.A
    boy
    seemed
    to
    understand
    him.He
    put
    up
    his
    hand
    quickly
    and
    said,
    “An
    egg,
    sir,”
    the
    boy
    said
    loudly.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    Do
    you
    often
    meet
    difficulties
    when
    you
    start
    learning
    English?
    The
    following
    may
    be
    helpful
    for
    beginners
    to
    learn
    English.
    ◆Find
    out
    the
    reason
    Before
    you
    begin
    to
    learn
    English,
    ask
    yourself,
    “Why
    do
    I
    want
    to
    learn
    English?”
    Do
    you
    learn
    English
    in
    order
    to
    communicate
    with
    foreigners
    or
    pass
    some
    exams?
    ◆Develop
    (发展)
    interest
    Interest
    is
    the
    best
    teacher.
    Often,
    the
    things
    we
    do
    best
    in
    our
    life
    are
    those
    we
    enjoy
    doing.Learning
    English
    must
    be
    something
    that
    you
    like
    to
    do.
    ◆Set
    goals
    (目标)
    When
    you
    know
    your
    reason
    for
    leaning
    English,
    setting
    a
    goal
    is
    easy.For
    example,
    if
    you
    want
    to
    travel
    to
    an
    English-speaking
    country,
    you
    should
    improve
    your
    listening
    skills
    and
    pronunciation.Whatever
    your
    goal
    is,
    write
    it
    down.
    ◆Make
    a
    plan
    After
    setting
    the
    goal,
    the
    important
    thing
    you
    should
    do
    is
    to
    make
    it
    come
    true.Make
    a
    plan
    for
    yourself
    to
    realize
    your
    goal.Plan
    to
    do
    the
    things
    that
    are
    challenging,
    but
    not
    too
    difficult.
    ◆Have
    fun
    If
    you
    are
    studying
    in
    the
    right
    way,
    it’s
    possible
    for
    you
    to
    have
    fun
    learning
    English!
    Find
    out
    a
    way
    that
    is
    suitable
    (合适的)
    for
    you.After
    you
    have
    studied
    for
    a
    few
    weeks,
    it’s
    necessary
    to
    develop
    your
    own
    study
    habits.
    Information
    Card
    Five
    steps
    to
    learn
    English
    Find
    out
    the
    reason
    To
    (81)________________
    foreigners
    or
    to
    pass
    some
    exams.
    Develop
    (82)__________
    If
    you
    want
    to
    study
    English
    well,
    you
    should
    like
    it.
    Set
    goals
    Whatever
    your
    goal
    is,
    write
    it
    down.
    Make
    a
    plan
    Plan
    to
    do
    the
    things
    that
    are
    challenging,
    but
    not
    too
    (83)__________.
    Have
    fun
    Find
    out
    a
    suitable
    (84)________________
    of
    learning
    English
    and
    develop
    your
    own
    (85)________________.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    为了鼓励大家学好英语,你们班准备办一期英语学习经验交流专刊。请根据下面的内容提示并结合实际情况,以“My
    English
    Learning”为题写一篇短文。
    内容提示:
    1.When
    did
    you
    start
    learning
    English?
    2.What
    is
    difficult
    to
    learn?
    3.How
    do
    you
    deal
    with
    it?
    4.What
    other
    helpful
    ways
    do
    you
    know
    to
    learn
    English
    well?
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________Unit
    2 标准检测(时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.What
    is
    the
    speaker
    doing
    now?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.Why
    was
    Tom
    tired?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.What
    does
    the
    speaker
    think
    is
    good
    for
    health?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.What
    did
    the
    girl’s
    father
    use
    to
    do?

    A.
    B.
    C.

    (  )5.What
    should
    we
    do
    twice
    every
    day?A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.What
    did
    Mike
    use
    to
    do?

    A.Arrive
    at
    school
    on
    time.

    B.Go
    to
    the
    class
    late.

    C.Forget
    his
    homework.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.What
    is
    Li
    Lei
    going
    to
    be
    in
    the
    future?

    A.A
    player.
    B.A
    teacher.
    C.A
    singer.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.What
    time
    will
    the
    school
    sports
    meeting
    begin?

    A.On
    the
    playground.
    B.At
    7:30
    am.C.At
    8:30
    am.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.Who
    will
    come
    to
    cheer
    them
    on?

    A.Mr.Green.

    B.Miss
    Green.

    C.Mrs.Green.
    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.What
    do
    we
    know
    about
    the
    woman’s
    old
    house?
    A.Big
    and
    quiet.
    B.Small
    and
    quiet.C.Big
    and
    noisy.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.What
    does
    Mr.White
    often
    do
    after
    supper?A.He
    goes
    for
    a
    walk.B.He
    watches
    TV.
    C.He
    listens
    to
    music.
    (  )12.What
    doesn’t
    Mr.
    White
    eat
    for
    supper?

    A.Vegetables.
     B.Meat.
    C.Fish.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.What
    are
    they
    talking
    about?A.The
    plans
    for
    the
    coming
    holiday.
    B.Water
    sports.C.Their
    studies.
    (  )14.Where
    does
    the
    woman
    want
    to
    go?A.To
    the
    rivers.B.To
    the
    mountains.C.To
    another
    city.
    (  )15.What
    does
    the
    man
    like?

    A.All
    kinds
    of
    sports.
    B.Water
    sports.

    C.Climbing
    mountains.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.The
    husband
    was
    ________.A.short
    and
    thin

    B.large
    and
    fatC.tall
    and
    strong
    (  )17.The
    husband
    worked
    in
    ________.A.a
    big
    factoryB.a
    small
    officeC.a
    big
    office
    (  )18.The
    man
    got
    his
    pay
    ________.

    A.every
    month

    B.every
    day

    C.every
    Friday
    (  )19.His
    wife
    was
    ________
    when
    the
    man
    hurried
    into
    the
    living
    room.

    A.listening
    to
    the
    radio
    and
    eating
    applesB.watching
    TV
    and
    waiting
    for
    her
    husbandC.listening
    to
    music
    and
    cleaning
    the
    room
    (  )20.The
    husband
    got
    the
    ten
    thousand
    dollars
    by
    ________.

    A.saving
    money
    little
    by
    littleB.buying
    the
    lottery
    tickets
    (彩票)

    C.finding
    the
    money
    in
    his
    office
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一篇有关习惯的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。Name
    Used
    to
    like
    Now
    like
    Tom
    Collecting
    (21)________
    Doing
    (22)________
    Michael
    (23)________
    Going
    to
    the
    movies
    Kate
    Reading
    story
    books
    (24)________
    Jim
    Listening
    to
    music
    (25)________
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.The
    young
    man
    used
    to
    ________
    to
    work,
    but
    he
    is
    used
    to
    ________
    to
    work
    now.

    A.drive;
    walking
    B.drove;
    walked

    C.drive;
    walks

    D.driving;
    walk
    (  )27.Though
    the
    boy
    is
    only
    six
    years
    old,
    he
    is
    able
    to
    look
    after
    ________.

    A.he

    B.himC.his

    D.himself
    (  )28.—You
    always
    do
    some
    reading
    in
    your
    free
    time.
    —Yeah.It
    is
    my
    favorite
    hobby.I
    always
    do
    it
    ________
    I’m
    very
    busy.

    A.such
    as

    B.because
    of
    C.ever
    since
    D.even
    though
    (  )29.—What
    does
    your
    grandpa
    like
    to
    do
    when
    he
    is
    free?
    —He
    always
    ________
    me
    and
    tells
    me
    some
    funny
    stories.

    A.chats
    withB.deals
    with

    C.argues
    with

    D.gets
    angry
    with
    (  )30.I
    really
    can’t
    stay
    ________.

    A.still

    B.never
    C.any
    longer
    D.ever
    (  )31.Mr.
    Zhang
    doesn’t
    want
    to
    go
    swimming
    because
    he
    is
    ________
    getting
    into
    water.

    A.interested
    in
    B.terrified
    of

    C.good
    at
    D.used
    to
    (  )32.He
    is
    afraid
    of
    ________
    strangers.

    A.see

    B.seeingC.saw
    D.to
    see
    (  )33.Students
    should
    pay
    attention
    to
    ________
    the
    teacher
    in
    class.

    A.listening
    to

    B.listen
    toC.hearing
    ofD.hear
    of
    (  )34.I
    always
    go
    to
    sleep
    ________
    the
    light
    on.

    A.in
    B.with

    C.toD.for
    (  )35.To
    ________
    surprise,
    I
    got
    an
    A
    in
    my
    English
    test.

    A.IB.me

    C.my

    D.mine(  )36.The
    doctor
    asked
    my
    father
    to
    ________
    smoking
    to
    keep
    healthy.

    A.open
    up
    B.put
    up

    C.give
    up
    D.pick
    up
    (  )37.________
    work
    in
    Microsoft?A.Did
    you
    use
    toB.Did
    you
    used
    toC.Do
    you
    used
    toD.Do
    you
    use
    to
    (  )38.—When
    did
    you
    get
    home
    last
    night?
    —At
    ________
    8
    o’clock,
    neither
    too
    earlier
    nor
    later.

    A.nearly
    B.exactly

    C.hardly
    D.especially
    (  )39.We
    all
    take
    ________
    what
    you
    did.

    A.proud
    in
    B.proud
    of

    C.pride
    of

    D.pride
    in
    (  )40.—Tina
    didn’t
    go
    to
    school
    yesterday,
    did
    she?

    —________.Because
    she
    was
    badly
    ill.

    A.Yes,
    she
    didB.Yes,
    she
    didn’t

    C.No,
    she
    didn’t

    D.No,
    she
    did
    (  )41.—Do
    you
    think
    Yao
    Jiaxin
    should
    be
    sentenced
    (判决)
    to
    ________?
    —Sure.I
    think
    it
    is
    necessary
    for
    him
    to
    shoulder
    the
    responsibility
    (承担责任).

    A.death
    B.dead
    C.life
    D.living
    (  )42.We
    spent
    one
    day
    ________
    the
    Great
    Wall.A.visit
    B.visiting
    C.to
    visitD.visited
    (  )43.My
    life
    ________
    a
    lot
    in
    the
    last
    few
    years.

    A.changed

    B.has
    changed
    C.is
    changing
    D.was
    changed
    (  )44.________
    you
    remember
    me?
    I’m
    Diana,
    your
    childhood
    friend.

    A.Aren’t
    B.Don’t

    C.Do
    not
    D.Are
    not
    (  )45.Your
    computer
    doesn’t
    work.Is
    there
    ________
    with
    it?

    A.wrong
    something
    B.something
    wrong

    C.wrong
    anything

    D.anything
    wrong
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    Mr.
    and
    Mrs.
    Brown
    lived
    in
    a
    small
    house
    near
    London
    with
    their
    child.Sometimes
    Mr.
    Brown
    came
    __46__
    from
    his
    work
    very
    late
    when
    his
    wife
    and
    the
    child
    were
    asleep.Then
    he
    usually
    __47__
    the
    front
    door
    of
    his
    house
    with
    his
    key
    and
    came
    in
    very
    __48__.He
    didn’t
    want
    to
    disturb
    them.
    But
    one
    night
    when
    he
    was
    coming
    home
    late,
    he
    lost
    his
    __49__.So
    when
    he
    reached
    his
    home,
    he
    __50__
    the
    bell,
    but
    nothing
    happened.He
    ranged
    it
    again.
    Again
    nothing
    happened.
    __51__
    moved
    inside
    the
    house.Mr.
    Brown
    knocked
    at
    the
    bedroom
    windows.He
    spoke
    to
    his
    wife,
    he
    shouted,
    __52__
    she
    did
    not
    wake
    up.At
    last
    he
    stopped
    and
    __53__
    for
    a
    few
    seconds.He
    had
    a
    good
    __54__.Then
    he
    began
    to
    speak
    like
    a
    small
    child,
    “Mother!”
    he
    said,
    “I
    want
    to
    go
    to
    the
    toilet
    (洗手间)!”
    He
    spoke
    quietly
    but
    at
    once
    __55__
    woke
    up.Then
    he
    spoke
    to
    her,
    and
    she
    opened
    the
    door
    for
    him.
    (  )46.A.up
    B.back
    C.to
    D.on

    (  )47.A.opened
    B.closed
    C.made

    D.drove
    (  )48.A.quickly
    B.quietly
    C.fastD.happily
    (  )49.A.bikeB.car
    C.keyD.knife
    (  )50.A.rangB.knocked
    C.opened
    D.made
    (  )51.A.Somebody

    B.Anybody
    C.Nobody
    D.Everybody
    (  )52.A.and
    B.but

    C.or

    D.then
    (  )53.A.sangB.cried
    C.thought
    D.laughed
    (  )54.A.idea
    B.plan
    C.key
    D.way
    (  )55.A.Mr.
    BrownB.Mrs.
    BrownC.the
    child
    D.neighbor
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A
    Jackson’s
    Yearly
    Sale
    This
    week
    only
    (Open
    from
    9
    am
    to
    9
    pm)
    Men’s
    and
    women’s
    clothing:Shoes,
    coats
    and
    sweaters,
    swimwear
    and
    jeans.
    Jewelry:Watches,
    rings,
    earrings
    and
    necklaces.
    Luggage:Bags
    and
    briefcases.
    Furniture:Leather
    (皮的)
    sofas,
    dining
    tables
    and
    chairs,
    bookcases.
    Address:The
    corner
    of
    Main
    and
    East
    Street.
    Smile’s
    is
    having
    a
    big
    weekend
    electronics
    sale!
    TVs,
    radios,
    computers
    and
    cameras.
    Open
    from
    10
    am
    to
    6
    pm
    in
    Fort
    Street
    Mall.
    Apple
    Open
    Time:8:00
    am
    to
    6:00
    pm
    Come
    and
    see
    what
    we
    have
    on
    sale
    for
    your
    office!
    On
    First
    Street
    30%
    off
    office
    furniture:Desks
    and
    bookcases.
    20%
    off
    office
    equipment:Typewriters
    and
    telephones.
    10%
    off
    office
    supplies:Pens,
    paper
    and
    calculators.
    (  )56.If
    you
    want
    to
    buy
    a
    camera,
    you
    can
    go
    to
    ________.

    A.the
    corner
    of
    Main
    Street

    B.East
    Street
    C.Fort
    Street
    Mall

    D.First
    Street
    (  )57.If
    a
    typewriter
    is
    $200
    originally
    at
    Apple,
    but
    you
    can
    only
    pay
    ________
    for
    it

    now.

    A.$140
    B.$160
    C.$180
    D.$400(  )58.You
    can
    go
    to
    Jackson’s
    to
    buy________.

    A.radios

    B.calculators

    C.telephonesD.swimwear

    (  )59.Mr.
    Green
    is
    going
    back
    home
    after
    work
    at
    7:10
    pm,
    so
    he
    may
    choose
    some
    _____
    from
    these
    shops.

    A.briefcases
    and
    rings

    B.pens
    and
    paper
    C.telephones
    and
    earringsD.watches
    and
    computers
    (  )60.Our
    school
    needs
    sofas
    and
    something
    for
    teachers
    to
    make
    notes,
    we
    should
    go
    to________.

    A.Jackson’s
    and
    Smile’s

    B.Smile’s
    and
    Apple

    C.Apple
    and
    Jackson’sD.Smile’s
    or
    Jackson’s
    B
    I’m
    Liu
    Li.I
    am
    a
    middle
    school
    student
    now.It
    seems
    that
    my
    life
    has
    changed
    a
    lot
    in
    the
    last
    few
    years.For
    example,
    I
    used
    to
    have
    short
    hair,
    but
    now
    it
    grows
    long.I
    used
    to
    be
    afraid
    of
    the
    sea
    because
    I
    didn’t
    know
    how
    to
    swim,
    but
    now
    I
    am
    a
    good
    swimmer
    in
    our
    school.I
    used
    to
    be
    short
    but
    now
    I’m
    tall.As
    for
    eating,
    I
    used
    to
    eat
    meat
    but
    now
    I
    eat
    more
    vegetables
    than
    meat.When
    I
    was
    younger,
    I
    didn’t
    use
    to
    read
    any
    books,
    but
    now
    I
    like
    reading
    storybooks.When
    I
    was
    in
    primary
    school,
    I
    used
    to
    play
    football
    after
    school,
    but
    now
    I
    have
    to
    go
    right
    home
    and
    do
    homework,
    I
    didn’t
    use
    to
    like
    math
    and
    I
    used
    to
    be
    terrified
    of
    tests,
    but
    now
    I
    like
    all
    the
    subjects
    and
    never
    mind
    tests
    any
    more.
    In
    the
    past,
    I
    used
    to
    have
    time
    chatting
    with
    my
    parents,
    but
    now
    I
    hardly
    ever
    chat.I
    have
    to
    study.I
    miss
    the
    old
    days.
    (  )61.What
    does
    Liu
    Li’s
    hair
    look
    like
    now?

    A.It’s
    short.

    B.It’s
    long.

    C.It’s
    straight.
    D.It’s
    curly.
    (  )62.Why
    did
    Liu
    Li
    use
    to
    be
    afraid
    of
    the
    sea?

    A.Because
    there
    were
    many
    sharks
    in
    it.

    B.Because
    there
    were
    always
    strong
    waves
    in
    the
    sea.

    C.Because
    she
    couldn’t
    swim.

    D.Because
    she
    had
    met
    an
    accident
    in
    the
    sea.
    (  )63.What
    does
    Liu
    Li
    eat
    now?

    A.She
    eats
    more
    vegetables
    than
    meat.

    B.She
    eats
    only
    meat.

    C.She
    eats
    only
    vegetables.

    D.She
    eats
    more
    fruit
    than
    vegetables.
    (  )64.What
    kind
    of
    books
    does
    Liu
    Li
    like
    to
    read
    now?

    A.English
    books.

    B.Famous
    books.

    C.Picture
    books.

    D.Storybooks.
    (  )65.What
    did
    NOT
    Liu
    Li
    use
    to
    do?
    A.Swim.
    B.Chat.
    C.Eat
    meat.

    D.Play
    football.

    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五个人的假期计划,右栏是一些旅行社的广告。请将这五个人与他/她感兴趣的广告配对。
    (  )66.Tom
    wants
    to
    visit
    the
    Great
    Wall.
    (  )67.Sally
    is
    going
    somewhere
    exciting.She
    wants
    to
    have
    fun
    with
    her
    boyfriend.
    (  )68.Tony
    wants
    to
    go
    to
    a
    quiet
    place
    to
    relax
    himself.
    (  )69.Linda
    likes
    the
    famous
    writer
    Shen
    Congwen.And
    she
    wants
    to
    know
    more
    about
    him.
    (  )70.After
    watching
    the
    movie
    Shaolin
    Temple,
    Jim
    really
    wants
    to
    see
    what
    a
    real
    Shaolin
    Temple
    looks
    like.
    A.A
    2-day
    trip
    around
    the
    Qinghai
    Lake.Enjoy
    the
    beautiful
    scenery
    of
    this
    salt
    lake
    in
    West
    China.
    B.Climb
    the
    Songshan
    Mountain
    in
    Henan
    and
    visit
    the
    Shaolin
    Temple.
    C.Climb
    the
    Wuyi
    Mountain
    in
    Fujian.
    D.Have
    fun
    in
    the
    Happy
    Valley
    of
    Shenzhen.Many
    exciting
    games
    are
    waiting
    for
    you.
    E.A
    2-day
    trip
    to
    the
    Ancient
    Town
    of
    Lijiang.Relax
    yourself
    and
    enjoy
    the
    peaceful
    life.
    F.A
    2-day
    trip
    to
    the
    Ancient
    Town
    of
    Phoenix.You
    can
    visit
    the
    hometown
    of
    Shen
    Congwen.ere.
    G.A
    4-day
    trip
    to
    Beijing.Visit
    different
    places
    of
    interest,
    like
    the
    Palace
    Museum,
    the
    Great
    Wall
    and
    so
    on.
    五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。Here
    are
    some
    things
    you
    need
    to
    know
    about
    table
    manners
    when
    you
    visit
    Japan.First
    of
    (71)________,
    you
    should
    know
    how
    to
    use
    chopsticks
    very
    well.
    In
    China
    it’s
    not
    polite
    to
    make
    noise
    (72)________
    you
    are
    eating.You
    should
    close
    your
    mouth
    when
    there
    is
    something
    in
    it.(73)________
    it’s
    different
    in
    Japan.In
    Japan,
    it’s
    polite
    to
    make
    noise
    when
    you
    are
    eating
    especially
    when
    you
    are
    eating
    noodles.(74)________
    shows
    that
    you
    enjoy
    the
    noodles.(75)________
    are
    also
    some
    chopsticks
    rules:
    It’s
    rude
    to
    stick
    your
    chopsticks
    into
    your
    food.And
    you
    shouldn’t
    point
    at
    anyone
    with
    (76)________.And
    you
    are
    not
    supposed
    to
    talk
    when
    you
    are
    eating.
    In
    Japan,
    (77)________
    lot
    of
    restaurants
    and
    private
    houses
    are
    equipped
    with
    low
    Japanese
    style
    tables
    and
    cushions
    (78)________
    the
    floor,
    rather
    than
    with
    Western
    style
    chairs
    and
    tables.
    In
    Japan,
    you
    say
    “itadakimasu”
    (“I
    gratefully
    receive”)
    before
    starting
    to
    (79)________,
    and
    “gochisosama
    (deshita)”
    (“Thank
    you
    for
    the
    meal”)
    (80)________
    finishing
    the
    meal.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    In
    the
    past
    four
    weeks
    the
    situation
    in
    Haramachi-ku
    (南相马市)
    has
    changed
    a
    lot.Private
    shops
    have
    started
    to
    open
    gradually.People
    come
    and
    go
    from
    time
    to
    time;
    some
    have
    come
    back
    home
    because
    they
    are
    tired
    of
    living
    as
    evacuees
    (逃难者);
    some
    have
    returned
    to
    work.Every
    reason
    is
    different,
    but
    people
    are
    returning.Large
    supermarkets
    and
    restaurants
    are
    not
    open
    in
    Haramachi-ku.Private
    shops
    and
    convenient
    stores
    have
    started
    opening
    (though
    not
    24-hour)
    and
    we
    can
    buy
    some
    drinks
    and
    daily
    goods.Until
    my
    mother
    restarted
    her
    job,
    we
    shared
    tasks.I
    was
    in
    charging
    of
    shopping
    and
    filling
    the
    car,
    while
    my
    mother
    was
    in
    charge
    of
    cooling
    and
    washing.I
    haven’t
    decided
    what
    I
    will
    do
    long-term
    yet.What
    I
    know
    for
    sure
    is
    that
    I
    have
    to
    give
    up
    my
    dream
    of
    being
    a
    children’s
    football
    coach
    (教练).Sadly
    my
    life
    has
    changed
    completely
    as
    a
    result
    of
    this
    disaster
    (灾难).Information
    Card
    The
    change
    in
    Haramachi-ku,
    Japan
    What
    has
    changed
    Private
    shops
    have
    started
    to
    (81)____________
    gradually.
    Many
    people
    have
    come
    back.
    I
    have
    to
    give
    up
    my
    (82)________________
    of
    being
    a
    children’s
    football
    coach.
    The
    reasons
    for
    people’s
    coming
    back
    Some
    are
    (83)________________
    living
    as
    evacuees.
    Some
    have
    returned
    to
    (84)________________.
    Things
    we
    were
    in
    charge
    of
    For
    me
    Shopping
    and
    filling
    the
    car.
    For
    (85)___________

    Cooking
    and
    washing.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    世间万物总是随着周围的环境的不同或自身的原因而不断地发生着改变。这些改变各不相同,有良性的,也有恶性的。请根据下面的内容提示,以“...Has
    Changed
    a
    Lot”为题写一篇短文介绍一下某人或者某物所发生的变化。
    内容提示:
    1.What
    did
    he/she/it
    used
    to
    be
    like?
    2.What
    happened
    to
    him/her/it?
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    Unit
    3 标准检测(时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
    一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.What
    was
    wrong
    with
    the
    speaker’s
    brother?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.What
    should
    we
    do
    every
    day?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.What
    is
    Mr.Black
    doing?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.How
    did
    Tom
    go
    to
    the
    park?

    A.
    B.
    C.

    (  )5.How
    should
    we
    fight
    the
    flu?A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.Which
    club
    will
    Jim
    join?

    A.The
    English
    club.

    B.The
    basketball
    club.

    C.The
    tennis
    club.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.How
    did
    the
    girl
    improve
    her
    P.E.grades?

    A.By
    eating
    healthy
    food.

    B.By
    watching
    sports
    programs.

    C.By
    practicing
    running
    and
    jumping.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.What
    isn’t
    allowed
    to
    use
    at
    school?

    A.Mobile
    phones.
    B.Computers.
    C.MP4s.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.When
    is
    the
    man
    allowed
    to
    leave?

    A.At
    once.
    B.In
    two
    days.
    C.After
    his
    work
    is
    finished.

    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.What
    would
    the
    woman
    do
    if
    she
    saw
    a
    car
    accident?

    A.Help
    them.
    B.Go
    away.
    C.Call
    the
    police.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.Which
    city
    is
    Lucy
    moving
    to?

    A.Shanghai.
    B.Beijing.
    C.Nanjing.
    (  )12.Why
    is
    Lucy
    moving?

    A.Because
    her
    father
    has
    got
    a
    job
    there.

    B.Because
    she
    is
    going
    to
    university
    there.C.Because
    she
    is
    going
    to
    meet
    her
    friends
    there.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.What’s
    wrong
    with
    Tom?

    A.He
    has
    a
    headache.

    B.He
    has
    a
    fever.

    C.He
    has
    the
    flu.
    (  )14.When
    did
    Tom
    feel
    sick?

    A.Two
    days
    ago.
    B.This
    morning.
    C.Four
    days
    ago.
    (  )15.What
    should
    Tom
    do?

    A.Drink
    plenty
    of
    water.

    B.See
    a
    doctor
    and
    have
    a
    good
    rest.

    C.Stay
    at
    home
    and
    have
    a
    good
    sleep.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.Online
    shops
    are
    open________
    a
    day.

    A.6
    hours
    B.12
    hours

    C.24
    hours
    (  )17.The
    advantage
    of
    shopping
    online
    is
    that
    ________.

    A.it’s
    convenient

    B.things
    are
    better
    online

    C.you
    can
    walk
    around
    shops
    (  )18.People
    who
    ________
    shouldn’t
    go
    shopping
    online.

    A.want
    to
    buy
    a
    lot
    of
    things

    B.like
    talking
    with
    others
    when
    shopping

    C.don’t
    have
    much
    time
    to
    shop
    (  )19.The
    disadvantage
    of
    shopping
    online
    is
    that
    ________.

    A.we
    can’t
    buy
    things
    whenever
    we
    are
    free

    B.we
    can’t
    see
    real
    things

    C.we
    can’t
    buy
    good
    things
    (  )20.From
    the
    passage,
    we
    know
    that
    ________.

    A.shopping
    online
    has
    more
    disadvantages
    than
    advantages

    B.shopping
    online
    needs
    lots
    of
    time

    C.the
    speaker
    would
    like
    to
    shop
    online
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一篇介绍学校及校规的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。

    School
    Hope
    Middle
    School
    Teachers
    and
    students
    Teachers
    are
    all
    very
    (21)________
    and
    friendly.
    There
    are
    (22)________
    students
    in
    our
    class
    and
    we
    all
    get
    on
    well
    with
    each
    other.
    School
    rules
    We
    are
    not
    allowed
    to
    get
    to
    class
    (23)________.
    We
    have
    to
    wear
    school
    (24)________
    every
    day.

    We
    can’t
    go
    out
    with
    friends
    on
    school
    (25)________.
    We
    are
    not
    allowed
    to
    get
    our
    ears
    pierced.
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.His
    mother
    didn’t
    allow
    him
    ________
    an
    MP3.

    A.buyingB.to
    buy
    C.buy

    D.bought
    (  )27.—Li
    Yuchun
    is
    so
    cool.I’m
    her
    fan.
    —________.

    A.So
    do
    IB.So
    I
    doC.So
    am
    ID.So
    I
    am
    (  )28.My
    sister
    wants
    to
    get
    her
    ears
    ________.

    A.pierce
    B.pierced
    C.piercingD.to
    pierce

    (  )29.His
    son
    is
    ________
    boy.He
    is
    very
    lovely.

    A.a
    8-year-oldB.an
    8-year-oldC.a
    8-years-old

    D.an
    8-years-old
    (  )30.Living
    in
    Africa
    was
    quite
    an
    unforgettable
    ________
    for
    us.A.race
    B.importance

    C.point
    D.experience
    (  )31.Lily
    didn’t
    have
    ________
    for
    breakfast,
    so
    she
    feels
    ________.A.water
    enough;
    thirsty
    B.water
    enough;
    hungryC.enough
    food;
    hungry

    D.food
    enough;
    thirsty
    (  )32.David
    is
    only
    ten
    years
    old.I
    don’t
    think
    he
    ________
    to
    ride
    his
    bicycle
    in
    the
    street.A.should
    allow

    B.would
    allow

    C.should
    be
    allowedD.wouldn’t
    be
    allowed
    (  )33.First
    of
    all,
    teachers
    must
    be
    strict
    ________
    their
    students.

    A.atB.in
    C.forD.with
    (  )34.Liu
    Qiang
    ________
    fixing
    the
    machine
    yesterday.Look,
    it
    is
    running
    well
    again.A.felt
    like
    B.succeeded
    inC.failed
    in
    D.forgot

    (  )35.In
    winter,
    we
    must
    pay
    attention
    to
    ________.A.keep
    warm
    B.keep
    warmlyC.keeping
    warm

    D.keeping
    warmly
    (  )36.I
    ________
    until
    midnight
    to
    finish
    a
    report.

    A.made
    up
    B.stayed
    upC.gave
    up
    D.turned
    up

    (  )37.Many
    students
    will
    be
    ________
    if
    the
    class
    is
    boring.

    A.sleep
    B.sleepyC.sleeping

    D.slept
    (  )38.—Do
    you
    like
    English?
    —Yes.It
    ________
    by
    many
    people
    in
    the
    world.

    A.spoke
    B.speak

    C.is
    spoken
    D.speaks
    (  )39.I
    ________
    think
    you
    ________
    serious
    enough.A./;
    aren’t

    B.don’t;
    are

    C./;
    should
    D.won’t;
    are

    (  )40.—Would
    you
    like
    to
    go
    hiking
    with
    us
    ________
    watching
    TV
    at
    home?
    —Of
    course
    I’d
    love
    to.

    A.instead
    B.as
    well
    asC.even
    though
    D.instead
    of
    (  )41.You
    mustn’t
    go
    out
    ________
    school
    nights.

    A.toB.with

    C.of
    D.on
    (  )42.A
    strange
    sound
    ________
    yesterday
    evening.

    A.was
    heard
    B.hears

    C.heard
    D.is
    heard
    (  )43.As
    students,
    we
    should
    ________
    our
    study.

    A.pay
    for
    B.spend
    on

    C.concentrate
    on

    D.make
    up
    (  )44.Playing
    computer
    games
    can
    _______
    our
    studies.We
    shouldn’t
    play
    them
    too
    much.

    A.get
    out
    ofB.get
    in
    the
    way
    ofC.get
    rid
    ofD.get
    away
    (  )45.—I
    think
    running
    is
    an
    easy
    way
    to
    keep
    healthy.
    —________,
    but
    Bill
    doesn’t
    think
    so.

    A.No
    problem
    B.I
    agree
    C.I’m
    afraid
    not
    D.I
    don’t
    think
    so
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    I
    kept
    a
    dog
    when
    I
    was
    young.He
    died
    several
    years
    ago,
    but
    I
    can
    still
    __46__
    the
    days
    we
    spent
    together
    and
    what
    he
    taught
    me
    about
    __47__.
    I
    have
    two
    apple
    trees
    in
    the
    garden.My
    dog
    __48__
    apples.When
    he
    went
    outside,
    he
    took
    an
    apple
    into
    the
    house
    to
    __49__.It
    was
    an
    autumn
    day
    in
    America,
    but
    it
    was
    very
    __50__.A
    big
    snow
    fell
    and
    we
    didn’t
    do
    __51__
    for
    its
    coming.On
    that
    special
    day,
    my
    dog
    went
    out
    and
    I
    __52__
    him
    through
    the
    window.I
    noticed
    that
    he
    was
    digging
    holes
    and
    bringing
    the
    apples
    to
    the
    ground
    so
    everyone
    could
    see
    them.I
    did
    not
    know
    __53__
    he
    was
    doing
    this.
    When
    I
    called
    him
    back,
    he
    had
    his
    one
    apple
    in
    his
    mouth.About
    five
    minutes
    later,
    I
    looked
    outside.The
    garden
    was
    __54__
    of
    birds.My
    dog
    wanted
    his
    bird
    friends
    to
    eat
    apples.He
    knew
    that
    they
    didn’t
    have
    enough
    food
    for
    the
    coming
    __55__.
    (  )46.A.know
    B.remember
    C.think
    D.forget
    (  )47.A.friendship
    B.family
    C.trust

    D.study
    (  )48.A.dislikedB.plantedC.loved
    D.stole
    (  )49.A.like

    B.make
    C.eatD.do

    (  )50.A.warm
    B.cool
    C.hot

    D.cold
    (  )51.A.anything

    B.nothingC.something
    D.everything(  )52.A.heard
    B.looked
    C.listened
    D.watched
    (  )53.A.why
    B.how

    C.when

    D.where
    (  )54.A.short
    B.full

    C.empty

    D.tall
    (  )55.A.spring
    B.summer

    C.fall
    D.winter
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A
    A
    SCHOOL
    REPORT
    Name:Edward
    Scott
    School:Kevin
    Grove
    State
    High
    School
    Grade
    7
    Term
    ending:6
    MaySubjects:
    Mathematics:
    He
    has
    a
    little
    weak
    in
    it,
    but
    he
    tries
    his
    best
    to
    catch
    up
    with
    others.
    Science:
    He
    can
    work
    out
    many
    difficulties.Well
    done.
    English:
    He
    is
    the
    best
    in
    the
    class.Keep
    it
    up.
    French:
    His
    reading
    is
    very
    good,
    and
    he
    can
    remember
    many
    words.
    History:
    He
    is
    not
    so
    good
    at
    this,
    but
    has
    done
    better
    than
    before.
    Geography:
    He
    is
    familiar
    with
    the
    name
    of
    many
    places
    in
    the
    world.
    Music:
    He
    doesn’t
    like
    pop
    songs,
    though
    sings
    very
    well.
    Conduct:fair  No.in
    class:9  Absence:8
    Remarks
    (评语):Edward
    has
    the
    ability
    to
    do
    a
    lot
    better.More
    work
    is
    needed
    next
    term.
    Class
    teacher:Ivy
    An
    Australian
    Boy
    Principal:M.L.Martin

    School
    reopens:11,
    September

    (  )56.After
    reading
    this,
    we
    know
    this
    is
    ________.

    A.a
    studying
    plan
    of
    Edward
    Scott

    B.a
    teaching
    plan
    for
    Ivy

    C.a
    school
    report
    of
    Edward
    Scott

    D.a
    working
    plan
    of
    M.L.Martin
    (  )57.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    NOT
    mentioned
    in
    the
    form?

    A.P.E.
    B.Music.
    C.Mathematics.

    D.History.
    (  )58.Edward’s
    best
    subject
    is
    ________.

    A.science

    B.English
    C.geography
    D.French
    (  )59.Edward
    is
    not
    so
    good
    at
    ________.

    A.science
    and
    geographyB.mathematics
    and
    history

    C.history
    and
    French

    D.music
    and
    English
    (  )60.According
    to
    the
    form,
    which
    of
    the
    following
    sentences
    is
    TRUE?

    A.Edward
    can’t
    sing
    songs
    very
    well.

    B.Edward
    doesn’t
    do
    well
    in
    science.

    C.Edward
    can
    do
    better
    if
    he
    works
    harder
    next
    term.

    D.Edward
    learns
    two
    foreign
    languages
    at
    school.

    B
    Now
    QQ
    coins
    are
    popular
    among
    Chinese
    teenagers.People
    use
    real
    money
    to
    buy
    Web
    money.Then
    they
    buy
    clothes
    for
    their
    online
    characters
    (人物形象)
    or
    services
    for
    their
    online
    pets
    with
    it.And
    these
    fancy
    things
    will
    cost
    QQ
    fans
    more
    in
    the
    future.
    The
    government
    will
    put
    a
    tax
    (税)
    of
    3%
    on
    online
    sales.For
    example,
    if
    QQ
    users
    pay
    100
    yuan
    for
    110
    QQ
    coins,
    they
    will
    have
    to
    spend
    103
    yuan
    in
    the
    future.The
    extra
    (额外的)
    three
    yuan
    is
    tax.
    Beijing
    was
    the
    first
    city
    to
    carry
    out
    the
    policy.Online
    games
    have
    to
    pay
    the
    tax,
    too.A
    number
    of
    players
    make
    money
    by
    spending
    a
    lot
    of
    time
    on
    the
    games
    to
    gain
    powers
    (获得能量),
    and
    then
    selling
    them.
    Experts
    said
    that
    online
    trade
    grow
    fast.There
    is
    more
    than
    10
    billion
    yuan
    of
    real
    money
    in
    online
    trade
    a
    year
    in
    China.
    However,
    the
    government’s
    new
    move
    has
    become
    a
    hot
    topic
    (话题)
    among
    Internet
    users
    around
    the
    country.In
    a
    survey
    by
    sina.com
    more
    than
    70%
    of
    about
    3,000
    surveyed
    were
    against
    it.They
    said
    that
    the
    tax
    is
    too
    much.
    But
    supporters
    (支持者)
    said
    the
    government’s
    better
    management
    (管理)
    of
    the
    Internet
    would
    help
    it
    become
    healthier.They
    believe
    the
    new
    move
    would
    help
    stop
    online
    identity
    theft
    (账号偷窃).
    (  )61.We
    can
    learn
    from
    the
    story
    that
    QQ
    coins
    are
    ________.

    A.a
    kind
    of
    game
    software
    B.a
    special
    Web
    money

    C.some
    fancy
    clothes

    D.some
    online
    pets
    (  )62.The
    Chinese
    government
    will
    put
    a
    tax
    of
    ________
    on
    online
    sales.A.3%B.10%
    C.11%D.15%
    (  )63.Which
    city
    was
    the
    first
    city
    to
    carry
    out
    the
    policy?

    A.Beijing.

    B.Shanghai.

    C.Guangzhou.

    D.Shenyang.
    (  )64.We
    can
    learn
    from
    the
    passage
    that________.

    A.online
    gamers
    don’t
    have
    to
    pay
    the
    tax

    B.many
    people
    think
    the
    tax
    is
    too
    much

    C.all
    the
    people
    support
    (支持)
    this
    policy

    D.the
    new
    move
    will
    cause
    online
    identity
    theft
    (  )65.The
    new
    move
    can
    help
    Internet
    become
    healthier
    and
    ________.

    A.stop
    online
    shopping
    B.stop
    online
    trade

    C.stop
    online
    identity
    theft
    D.stop
    online
    spending
    money
    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五个人的需求信息,右栏是七本书的介绍。请将这五个人与相应的书配对。
    (  )66.Tom
    is
    seventeen
    years
    old
    now.He
    has
    dreamed
    of
    becoming
    a
    successful
    businessman
    for
    quite
    a
    long
    time.He
    hopes
    his
    dream
    will
    come
    true
    in
    the
    future.
    (  )67.John
    is
    interested
    in
    computer
    technology.He
    spends
    much
    of
    his
    free
    time
    on
    computers.Bill
    Gates
    is
    his
    hero.He
    would
    like
    to
    learn
    from
    Bill
    Gates.
    (  )68.Mary
    often
    asks
    herself
    what
    she
    will
    be
    in
    the
    future.She
    wants
    to
    understand
    herself
    and
    the
    world
    around
    her
    better.She
    needs
    something
    to
    help
    her
    make
    a
    right
    plan
    to
    be
    successful.
    (  )69.Betty
    is
    working
    on
    the
    history
    of
    America
    these
    days.She
    tries
    to
    find
    the
    answer
    to
    how
    the
    US
    became
    what
    it
    is
    today.
    (  )70.Mrs.
    Green
    has
    a
    teenage
    daughter.
    They
    can’t
    get
    on
    well
    with
    each
    other.
    Mrs.Green
    is
    worried
    but
    doesn’t
    know
    what
    to
    do.
    A.Uncommon
    Sense
    for
    Parents
    with
    Teenagers
    This
    book
    is
    full
    of
    advice
    for
    parents.This
    question-and-answer
    book
    helps
    parents
    understand
    their
    children.This
    book
    tells
    you
    how
    to
    communicate
    with
    your
    children.
    B.The
    Road
    Ahead
    This
    book
    is
    about
    technology
    and
    technological
    change,
    but
    most
    of
    the
    book
    is
    about
    Bill
    Gates’
    teen
    years.You
    will
    learn
    that
    he
    was
    a
    normal
    teenager
    in
    high
    school
    and
    not
    different
    from
    you.
    C.Taste
    of
    Home
    This
    is
    a
    book
    about
    cooking,
    which
    offers
    many
    home-style
    recipes.Plus
    color
    photos
    of
    every
    recipe,
    cost-saving
    menus
    and
    healthy-choice
    dishes.
    D.Dave’s
    Way
    This
    is
    a
    fantastic
    book
    for
    teenagers.It
    contains
    (包含)
    countless
    simple
    tips
    on
    how
    to
    be
    successful
    in
    today’s
    business
    environment.It
    shows
    you
    how
    to
    make
    your
    dream
    come
    true.
    E.The
    Teenager’s
    Guide
    to
    the
    Real
    World
    This
    book
    tells
    teenagers
    how
    to
    design
    their
    own
    lives.This
    book
    helps
    teenagers
    understand
    what
    the
    real
    world
    is.It
    helps
    them
    make
    good
    decisions
    about
    the
    future.
    F.Drawing
    on
    the
    Right
    Side
    of
    the
    Brain
    This
    book
    offers
    a
    great
    introduction
    about
    how
    your
    brain
    works
    based
    on
    the
    most
    recent
    scientific
    research
    into
    left-brain/right-brain
    differences.It
    is
    a
    fascinating
    lesson
    on
    how
    to
    use
    different
    parts
    of
    your
    mind.
    G.The
    Americans:The
    Democratic
    (民主的)
    Experience
    This
    book
    tells
    many
    stories
    about
    the
    people
    who
    helped
    build
    the
    country.In
    this
    book,
    the
    writer
    describes
    the
    American
    history
    during
    the
    past
    years.五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。
    Talking
    about
    meals,
    people
    in
    the
    UK
    are
    different
    from
    people
    of
    many
    other
    countries.(71)________breakfast
    is
    usually
    a
    very
    big
    meal
    of
    fried
    eggs,
    bread,
    cakes,
    tomatoes,
    tea,
    coffee,
    and
    fruit.(72)________
    they
    often
    eat
    a
    quick
    lunch
    with
    a
    sandwich
    and
    a
    cup
    of
    coffee.Children
    (73)________
    school
    can
    have
    a
    hot
    meal
    of
    meat
    or
    fish.The
    British
    usually
    have
    their
    dinners
    of
    beef
    or
    fish
    with
    vegetables
    (74)________
    7
    :00
    pm
    and
    9:00
    pm
    and
    if
    they
    have
    a
    dinner
    party
    with
    friends,
    (75)________
    can
    last
    till
    midnight.
    On
    weekends,
    they
    like
    to
    (76)________
    meals
    with
    all
    the
    family
    members.Those
    who
    don’t
    live
    with
    their
    parents
    will
    come
    back
    for
    (77)________
    family
    meal.They
    will
    (78)________
    with
    soup
    or
    snacks,
    followed
    by
    chicken,
    beef,
    pork
    with
    tomatoes,
    vegetables
    and
    many
    other
    things,
    such
    (79)________
    salad
    and
    fruit.People
    in
    Britain
    also
    like
    food
    from
    other
    (80)________,
    especially
    food
    from
    France,
    China,
    Italy
    and
    India.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    I
    have
    a
    daughter
    who
    is
    14
    and
    is
    on
    her
    cell
    phone
    so
    often.We
    got
    her
    one
    because
    of
    her
    activities
    after
    school.We
    really
    need
    to
    be
    able
    to
    communicate
    with
    each
    other.But
    she
    will
    not
    put
    it
    down.We
    have
    banned
    it
    from
    the
    dinner
    table
    because
    we
    feel
    that
    it
    is
    family
    time
    and
    we
    need
    to
    be
    able
    to
    talk
    and
    share
    without
    interruption
    (打扰)
    of
    the
    cell
    phone.Lately
    we
    have
    caught
    her
    on
    the
    phone
    talking
    or
    texting
    very
    late
    on
    school
    nights.We
    made
    a
    rule
    last
    week
    that
    we
    thought
    was
    very
    reasonable.We
    told
    her
    she
    should
    leave
    her
    phone
    downstairs
    and
    no
    more
    talk
    or
    text
    after
    10
    pm
    on
    school
    nights.We
    tried
    to
    tell
    her
    that
    she
    needs
    to
    get
    a
    good
    night
    sleep.Just
    yesterday,
    she
    called
    or
    texted
    her
    friends
    after
    11
    pm
    on
    a
    school
    night.We
    were
    very
    upset.I
    am
    thinking
    of
    taking
    it
    away
    for
    good.But
    she
    argued
    that
    she
    is
    a
    good
    student
    and
    never
    gives
    us
    troubles
    with
    getting
    up
    or
    her
    lessons.That
    is
    true.She
    is
    an
    excellent
    student
    and
    dedicated
    (致力于)
    her
    lessons
    after
    school
    activities.How
    can
    I
    deal
    with
    this
    problem?
    Can
    you
    give
    me
    some
    advice?
    Information
    Card
    The
    teenagers
    with
    a
    cell
    phone
    The
    problemThe
    daughter
    is
    on
    her
    phone
    (81)________________.
    The
    family
    rules
    The
    cell
    phone
    shouldn’t
    be
    used
    at
    (82)______________.
    The
    daughter
    should
    leave
    her
    phone
    (83)______________
    and
    no
    more
    talk
    or
    text
    after
    10
    pm
    on
    school
    nights.
    What
    happened
    yesterday
    The
    daughter
    (84)________________
    her
    friends
    after
    11
    pm.
    How
    the
    daughter
    is

    She
    is
    (85)________________
    student.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    读了上面的短文,你认为中学生应该如何合理地使用手机呢?请结合你自身的感受和看法,以“How
    Tee-nagers
    Should
    Use
    Cell
    Phones”为题写一篇短文,给这位烦恼的母亲提一些建议。
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    Unit
    4 标准检测
    (时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.What’s
    for
    Jim?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.What
    does
    the
    speaker
    think
    is
    interesting?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.What
    did
    Jack
    use
    to
    do
    in
    his
    free
    time?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.What
    does
    Uncle
    Lee
    like
    to
    make?

    A.
    B.
    C.

    (  )5.What’s
    the
    speaker’s
    friend
    interested
    in?A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.What’s
    Mike
    like?

    A.Rude
    and
    lazy.

    B.Shy
    and
    handsome.

    C.Helpful
    and
    friendly.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.Why
    can’t
    the
    woman
    watch
    the
    basketball
    match?

    A.Because
    she
    has
    to
    look
    after
    her
    grandma.

    B.Because
    she
    doesn’t
    like
    it.

    C.Because
    she
    has
    watched
    it.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.What
    does
    the
    woman
    advise
    the
    man
    to
    do?

    A.To
    have
    a
    talk
    with
    others.

    B.To
    take
    a
    long
    walk
    and
    listen
    to
    some
    music.C.To
    go
    to
    bed
    early.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.What
    would
    Jenny
    do
    if
    she
    had
    a
    million
    dollars?

    A.Improve
    the
    poor
    environment.

    B.Build
    a
    bridge.

    C.Help
    the
    poor
    people.

    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.What
    kind
    of
    music
    does
    the
    girl
    like?

    A.Loud
    music.

    B.Quiet
    and
    gentle
    music.

    C.Rock
    music.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.Who
    is
    Peter’s
    favorite
    player?

    A.Yao
    Ming.B.Liu
    Xiang.
    C.Ma
    Lin.
    (  )12.What
    is
    Ann
    famous
    as
    in
    her
    school?

    A.A
    singer.
    B.A
    runner.

    C.A
    dancer.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.What
    does
    Betty
    think
    of
    being
    a
    doctor?

    A.Easy.

    B.Difficult.C.Interesting.
    (  )14.What
    does
    Bob’s
    father
    do?

    A.A
    teacher.

    B.A
    doctor.C.A
    nurse.
    (  )15.What
    does
    Betty
    want
    to
    be?

    A.A
    nurse.B.A
    player.C.A
    movie
    star.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.Mrs.
    Smith
    is
    a
    ________.

    A.doctor

    B.school
    teacherC.singer
    (  )17.Mrs.
    Smith
    feels
    unhappy
    because
    ________.

    A.she
    gets
    sick
    easily

    B.she
    can’t
    drink
    or
    smoke

    C.she
    doesn’t
    make
    a
    lot
    of
    money
    (  )18.Mrs.
    Smith
    saw
    the
    man
    ________.

    A.smoking.

    B.lying
    in
    a
    chair

    C.eating
    things
    (  )19.The
    man
    ________
    every
    day.

    A.drinks
    little
    B.does
    exercises
    C.smokes
    a
    lot
    (  )20.The
    man
    is
    ________
    years
    old.

    A.22
    B.52

    C.62
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一篇介绍如何保持健康的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。
    How
    to
    keep
    healthy
    Eating
    habit
    Exercise
    Eat
    more
    (21)________
    and
    vegetables.
    Play
    basketball
    or
    (24)________.
    Drink
    a
    lot
    of
    (22)________
    every
    day.
    Take
    a
    walk.
    Don’t
    eat
    too
    much
    (23)________
    or
    hot
    food.
    Go
    (25)________.
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.The
    man
    won
    ________
    dollars
    in
    the
    lottery.A.a
    million
    B.millions
    C.million
    of
    D.two
    millions
    (  )27.I’m
    deeply
    moved
    and
    I
    don’t
    know
    ________.A.where
    to
    say
    B.when
    to
    say

    C.what
    to
    say
    D.how
    to
    say
    (  )28.What
    if
    ________
    back?

    A.he
    comeB.he
    comesC.does
    he
    comeD.he
    does
    come
    (  )29.I
    would
    rather
    ________
    the
    chance
    than
    ________
    her.

    A.not
    to
    take;
    to
    hurt

    B.not
    take;
    hurtC.not
    taking;
    hurting

    D.don’t
    take;
    to
    hurt
    (  )30.—I
    fought
    with
    my
    sister
    because
    she
    broke
    my
    model
    plane.
    —If
    I
    ________
    you,
    I
    ________
    sorry
    to
    her.

    A.am;
    would
    sayB.were;
    said
    C.was;
    say
    D.were;
    would
    say(  )31.I
    will
    invite
    her
    ________
    dinner
    at
    my
    house
    tomorrow.

    A.have
    B.to
    haveC.having

    D.had
    (  )32.I
    want
    to
    ________
    this
    book
    from
    the
    library.

    A.borrow

    B.read

    C.lend

    D.keep
    (  )33.What
    would
    you
    do
    if
    somebody
    knocked
    you
    down
    ________
    accident?A.in

    B.on
    C.by
    D.for
    (  )34.—Mom,
    do
    you
    know
    if
    Mary
    ________
    to
    my
    birthday
    party
    next
    week?
    —I
    think
    she
    will
    come
    if
    she
    ________
    free.A.comes;
    is

    B.comes;
    will
    beC.will
    come;
    isD.will
    come;
    will
    be
    (  )35.When
    ________
    this
    book
    ________?

    A.is;
    come
    out

    B.did;
    come
    outC.was;
    come
    out
    D.was;
    came
    out
    (  )36.The
    rest
    of
    the
    food
    ________
    not
    enough
    for
    two
    days.

    A.am

    B.is

    C.are

    D.be

    (  )37.Do
    you
    have
    ________
    friends
    in
    your
    school?

    A.a
    lot
    B.a
    plenty

    C.lot
    ofD.plenty
    of

    (  )38.—What
    is
    your
    father
    like?
    —________.

    A.He
    likes
    sports
    B.He
    is
    very
    kindC.He
    is
    fine
    D.He
    is
    35
    (  )39.Some
    problems
    are
    ________
    difficult
    for
    the
    students
    ________
    work
    out.

    A.so;
    that
    B.not;
    but

    C.enough;
    to

    D.too;
    to
    (  )40.Mrs.
    Green
    gave
    us
    ________
    on
    how
    to
    learn
    English
    well.

    A.some
    advices
    B.many
    advices

    C.some
    advice
    D.an
    advice
    (  )41.He
    thinks
    only
    of
    himself;
    he
    never
    ________
    other
    people.

    A.worries
    about
    B.talks
    aboutC.writes
    about
    D.hears
    about
    (  )42.—Are
    you
    confident
    that
    you
    can
    do
    it
    well?
    —Yes,
    I
    won’t
    ________
    you
    ________.

    A.come;
    downB.knock;
    down
    C.put;
    down
    D.let;
    down
    (  )43.—How
    do
    you
    ________
    your
    new
    friends,
    Jack?
    —Quite
    well,
    because
    they
    are
    very
    friendly.

    A.get
    along

    B.come
    up
    C.get
    along
    with

    D.come
    up
    with
    (  )44.—The
    old
    man
    works
    very
    hard
    and
    hardly
    ever
    feels
    tired.
    —I
    think
    he
    is
    really
    ________.

    A.funny
    B.creative
    C.outgoingD.energetic
    (  )45.—I’m
    sorry
    for
    having
    brought
    you
    too
    much
    trouble
    recently.
    —________.You
    have
    done
    so
    well.

    A.Not
    in
    the
    slightest
    B.That’s
    right

    C.You’re
    all
    right
    D.You’d
    better
    not
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    June
    22nd,
    1993
    is
    a
    day
    I
    will
    never
    forget.It
    was
    on
    that
    day
    that
    my
    life
    __46__
    forever.
    I
    was
    a
    nurse
    working
    in
    a
    hospital.Being
    a
    single
    mother
    for
    12
    years,
    I
    was
    finally
    able
    to
    enjoy
    life
    with
    my
    four
    children.I
    had
    __47__
    a
    house
    with
    my
    savings(存款)
    in
    PA.
    __48__
    on
    June
    22nd,
    1993,
    I
    had
    an
    accident
    on
    my
    way
    to
    work.I
    was
    __49__
    hurt.My
    career
    (事业)
    ended,
    and
    I
    believed
    my
    life
    was
    over
    too.
    I
    __50__
    having
    a
    lot
    of
    surgery
    (外科手术).After
    the
    first
    surgery,
    I
    was
    completely
    __51__
    and
    could
    do
    nothing
    by
    myself.Several
    months
    later,
    the
    doctor
    said
    there
    was
    __52__
    else
    that
    could
    be
    done
    and
    let
    me
    go
    home.At
    home,
    my
    children
    took
    turns
    to
    look
    after
    me.
    Again
    and
    again,
    I
    was
    told
    to
    __53__
    being
    in
    a
    wheelchair
    (轮椅)
    for
    the
    rest
    of
    my
    life.After
    a
    period
    of
    time,
    I
    started
    to
    fight
    back.It
    was
    a
    long
    way,
    but
    I
    made
    it.
    I
    realized
    what
    the
    __54__
    things
    in
    life
    were.I
    started
    to
    appreciate
    (欣赏)
    the
    little
    things
    that
    I
    didn’t
    __55__
    before.I
    felt
    like
    I
    was
    given
    a
    second
    chance
    in
    my
    life.
    (  )46.A.kept

    B.changed
    C.broke
    D.ended
    (  )47.A.designed

    B.wanted
    C.bought
    D.checked
    (  )48.A.SoB.But
    C.Since
    D.Once
    (  )49.A.slightlyB.necessarily

    C.strangely

    D.seriously
    (  )50.A.ended
    B.thoughtC.showedD.began
    (  )51.A.happy
    B.helpful

    C.ready
    D.helpless
    (  )52.A.everything
    B.anything
    C.nothingD.something
    (  )53.A.hope
    for

    B.get
    used
    toC.fall
    in
    love
    with
    D.get
    away
    from
    (  )54.A.small
    B.hurtingC.funny
    D.important
    (  )55.A.care
    about
    B.think
    about
    C.walk
    about
    D.talk
    about
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A
    TOUR
    GUIDE
    TO
    OUR
    BEST
    HOTELS
    FIRST
    HOTEL
    Address:222
    Edward
    Road Telephone:414-6433
    The
    number
    of
    rooms:120
    Single
    room:$25 Double
    room:$35
    Special
    attractions:Air-conditioned
    rooms.French
    estaurant.Swimming
    pool.Shops.Coffee
    shop
    and
    bar.Telephone,
    radio
    and
    television
    in
    each
    room.Close
    to
    the
    city
    center.FAIRVIEW
    HOTEL
    Address:129
    North
    Road Telephone:591-5620
    The
    number
    of
    rooms:50
    Single
    room:$12 Double
    room:$18
    Special
    attractions:Close
    to
    the
    airport.Telephone
    in
    each
    room.Bar.Restaurant.Garage.Swimming
    pool.
    ORCHARD
    HOTEL
    Address:233
    Edward
    Road Telephone:641-6446
    The
    number
    of
    rooms:120
    Single
    room:$15 Double
    room:$20
    Special
    attractions:Facing
    First
    Hotel.European
    restaurant.Coffee
    shop.Television.Nightclub.
    OSAKA
    HOTEL
    Address:1264
    Venning
    Road Telephone:643-8200
    The
    number
    of
    rooms:180
    Single
    room:$30 Double
    room:$50
    Special
    attractions:
    Air-conditioned
    rooms.Ja-panese
    and
    Chinese
    restaurants.Swimming
    pool.Large
    garden.Shops.
    (  )56.If
    you
    want
    to
    eat
    Chinese
    food,
    you
    will
    go
    to
    the
    restaurant
    in
    ________.A.Fairview
    HotelB.First
    HotelC.Orchard
    HotelD.Osaka
    Hotel
    (  )57.The
    cheapest
    price
    for
    a
    single
    room
    is
    ________
    in
    ________
    in
    Boswell.A.$12;
    First
    HotelB.$15;
    Osaka
    Hotel
    C.$12;
    Fairview
    Hotel

    D.$25;
    Orchard
    Hotel
    (  )58.The
    total
    number
    of
    the
    rooms
    in
    the
    best
    hotels
    is
    ________.A.120
    B.170
    C.290D.470
    (  )59.If
    a
    Japanese
    traveler
    likes
    to
    eat
    in
    a
    French
    restaurant,
    ________
    is
    the
    right
    place
    for
    him
    to
    go
    to.A.233
    Edward
    Road

    B.1264
    Venning
    Road
    C.222
    Edward
    Road
    D.129
    North
    Road
    (  )60.Which
    hotel
    faces
    Orchard
    Hotel?A.First
    Hotel.
    B.Osaka
    Hotel.
    C.Fairview
    Hotel.
    D.No
    hotel.
    B
    Taxes
    are
    a
    big
    part
    in
    the
    United
    States.Most
    Americans
    pay
    city
    taxes,
    state
    taxes,
    social
    security
    (安全)
    taxes,
    sales
    taxes...and
    the
    list
    seems
    endless.The
    biggest
    tax
    for
    most
    Americans
    is
    the
    incomes
    tax.The
    personal
    income
    tax
    is
    called
    a
    “progressive
    tax”,
    because
    it
    takes
    more
    from
    those
    who
    earn
    (挣钱)
    most.For
    example,
    a
    person
    who
    earns
    about
    $3,500
    a
    year,
    will
    pay
    a
    tax
    of
    only
    about
    3.5%
    of
    earning,
    but
    if
    the
    same
    person
    earned
    $85,000
    a
    year,
    he
    would
    pay
    an
    income
    tax
    of
    35%.Over
    years
    the
    incomes
    tax
    has
    become
    more
    and
    more
    difficult
    for
    people
    to
    understand.Almost
    one
    half
    of
    all
    Americans
    now
    have
    to
    pay
    experts
    to
    prepare
    their
    tax
    reports.In
    fact,
    preparing
    and
    giving
    tax
    advice
    have
    become
    a
    big
    industry
    (工业)
    in
    America.
    (  )61.Most
    Americans
    pay
    ________.

    A.taxes
    which
    are
    too
    many
    to
    list

    B.taxes
    either
    to
    the
    cities
    or
    the
    states
    they
    live
    in

    C.several
    kinds
    of
    taxesD.so
    many
    kinds
    of
    taxes
    that
    they
    even
    don’t
    know
    the
    names
    (  )62.Social
    security
    tax
    is
    collected
    from
    ________.

    A.those
    who
    have
    broken
    the
    lawB.those
    who
    often
    make
    trouble

    C.every
    people
    living
    in
    the
    area
    in
    questionD.most
    people
    in
    America
    (  )63.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    NOT
    true?

    A.Americans
    have
    all
    kinds
    of
    taxes.

    B.Personal
    income
    tax
    is
    the
    biggest
    tax
    in
    American.

    C.The
    more
    a
    person
    earns
    the
    more
    income
    tax
    he
    should
    pay.

    D.Personal
    income
    tax
    can
    prevent
    the
    rich
    from
    getting
    richer.
    (  )64.The
    so-called
    “progressive
    tax”
    is
    the
    tax
    ________.

    A.collected
    for
    social
    progressB.that
    increases
    with
    each
    passing
    year

    C.that
    is
    collected
    from
    those
    who
    earn
    most

    D.that
    varies
    (变化)
    according
    to
    how
    much
    money
    a
    person
    earns
    (  )65.Why
    have
    preparing
    and
    giving
    tax
    advice
    become
    a
    big
    industry
    in
    America?

    A.the
    list
    of
    taxes
    seems
    endless.

    B.they
    would
    rather
    spend
    their
    time
    and
    energy
    elsewhere.

    C.they
    find
    it
    is
    difficult
    to
    understand
    the
    income
    tax
    and
    write
    a
    tax
    report
    by
    themselves.

    D.paying
    experts
    to
    prepare
    their
    tax
    reports
    and
    asking
    for
    tax
    advice
    have
    been
    very
    popular.
    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五个人的信息,右栏是七则广告。请将这五个人与他们感兴趣的广告配对。
    (  )66.Bruce
    plans
    to
    take
    some
    after-class
    activities.He
    finds
    playing
    chess
    is
    kind
    of
    fun.
    (  )67.Lucy
    moved
    to
    Los
    Angles
    last
    week.She
    doesn’t
    have
    any
    friends
    there
    and
    she
    feels
    very
    lonely.She
    wonders
    how
    to
    make
    some
    friends
    in
    a
    new
    city.
    (  )68.Tom
    will
    travel
    around
    Europe
    during
    October.He
    gets
    a
    2-week
    holiday.He
    wants
    to
    find
    a
    partner
    to
    travel
    together.Is
    anyone
    interested
    in?
    (  )69.Mr.White
    lives
    in
    Sydney.He’d
    like
    to
    know
    where
    he
    could
    buy
    a
    suitcase.How
    can
    he
    find
    a
    cheaper
    one?
    (  )70.Linda
    is
    going
    to
    France
    next
    week.She
    knows
    that
    airline
    ticket
    online
    are
    much
    cheaper,
    but
    she
    doesn’t
    know
    how
    to
    find
    the
    information.
    A.Save
    your
    trip
    to
    France.You
    can
    find
    cheap
    airline
    tickets
    at
    .cn.
    Book
    online
    now.
    B.If
    you
    are
    a
    book
    store
    owner,
    book
    collector,
    online
    book
    dealer,
    or
    somebody
    that
    either
    is
    considering
    opening
    a
    bookshop
    online
    or
    just
    has
    a
    passion
    (热情)
    for
    books
    or
    enjoys
    writing
    about
    your
    experience,
    then
    this
    may
    be
    a
    good
    fit
    for
    you.
    C.If
    you
    are
    planning
    a
    big
    vacation
    and
    want
    to
    camp,
    how
    can
    you
    find
    a
    perfect
    place?
    Please
    visit
    .
    D.Searching
    for
    a
    travel
    partner
    to
    share
    your
    European
    adventures?
    Post
    your
    notice
    at
    .You
    can
    find
    a
    partner
    for
    a
    part
    or
    all
    of
    your
    journey.Please
    tell
    the
    start
    and
    the
    end
    dates
    of
    your
    trip,
    what
    countries
    you
    will
    visit,
    and
    whether
    you
    will
    seek
    a
    male
    or
    female
    (or
    either)
    of
    a
    certain
    age
    range.
    E.Want
    to
    learn
    how
    to
    play
    chess?
    Want
    to
    learn
    how
    to
    play
    a
    bit
    better?
    Here
    are
    some
    fairly
    easy
    “lessons”.Come
    and
    join
    Fun
    Chess
    F.Even
    if
    you
    are
    naturally
    shy,
    these
    three
    tricks
    will
    help
    you
    to
    quickly
    build
    a
    new
    social
    circle
    in
    any
    new
    city.Read
    them
    at
    How
    To
    Make
    A
    Bunch
    Of
    New
    Friends
    In
    Any
    New
    City.

    G.You
    can
    find
    where
    to
    buy
    a
    suitcase
    and
    what
    kind
    of
    suitcase
    to
    buy
    at
    MyShopping.com.au.
    Buy
    suitcases
    online
    in
    Australia
    and
    compare
    prices
    of
    548
    products
    from
    20
    stores.The
    lowest
    price
    is
    $6.95.
    五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。
    As
    people’s
    life
    is
    getting
    better
    and
    better,
    the
    tourism
    has
    become
    a
    very
    big
    business.More
    and
    more
    people
    are
    taking
    (71)________
    interest
    in
    traveling.Millions
    of
    people
    now
    (72)________
    their
    holidays
    in
    other
    countries,
    so
    the
    (73)________
    collected
    from
    tourism
    is
    becoming
    significant.The
    travel
    companies
    say
    that
    holidays
    in
    famous
    places
    help
    people
    to
    understand
    (74)________other.(75)________
    must
    help
    towards
    peace
    and
    love
    among
    the
    world.
    This
    idea
    may
    bring
    good
    business,
    but
    it
    is
    not
    true
    to
    life.Very
    few
    of
    today’s
    tourists
    want
    to
    know
    the
    people
    of
    the
    countries
    they
    are
    (76)________.They
    maybe
    just
    want
    a
    week
    (77)________
    two
    of
    sunshine
    to
    lie
    (78)________
    the
    beach
    by
    the
    sea.Most
    tourists
    don’t
    want
    to
    discover
    things
    for
    themselves.They
    just
    want
    to
    travel
    and
    stay
    (79)________
    their
    own
    families
    or
    friends
    for
    the
    whole
    holiday.The
    tourist
    business
    (80)________
    really
    easy
    for
    the
    travel
    companies.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    What
    would
    you
    do
    with
    only
    a
    short
    life
    to
    live?
    I’m
    sure
    you
    are
    familiar
    with
    this
    question.This
    question
    is
    important
    because
    we
    often
    get
    caught
    up
    in
    our
    daily
    lives
    and
    forget
    to
    see
    the
    bigger
    picture
    of
    what
    matters
    most.This
    question
    can
    guide
    you
    to
    what
    you
    really
    consider
    most
    important.
    Belinda
    says,
    “I’d
    be
    as
    happy
    as
    I
    can
    be.I’d
    laugh,
    smile,
    think
    of
    the
    good
    things
    and
    try
    to
    see
    what’s
    good
    in
    everyone.I’d
    take
    many
    pictures,
    eat
    what
    I
    want
    to
    eat,
    visit
    the
    places
    that
    I
    have
    no
    time
    to
    visit
    before,
    tell
    people
    that
    I
    love
    them
    and
    say
    sorry
    to
    the
    people
    I’ve
    hurt.”
    Alan
    says,
    “If
    there
    were
    enough
    time
    I’d
    fly
    to
    Alaska
    then
    Africa
    and
    then
    Australia
    and
    then
    spend
    one
    week
    with
    all
    my
    family.”
    Mrs.
    Brown
    says
    that
    she
    would
    spend
    time
    with
    her
    family,
    show
    them
    how
    important
    they
    are.She
    would
    take
    time
    to
    play
    with
    her
    child,
    to
    read
    with
    her,
    to
    have
    good
    conversations
    with
    her,
    and
    to
    take
    walks
    with
    her.She
    would
    take
    time
    to
    be
    in
    nature,
    to
    appreciate
    the
    beauty
    of
    the
    world
    around.
    Information
    Card
    What
    would
    you
    do
    with
    only
    a
    short
    life
    to
    live?
    The
    importance
    of
    the
    question
    (81)_____________
    people
    to
    what
    they
    really
    consider
    important.
    Different
    people
    do
    different
    things
    Belinda
    Laugh,
    smile,
    think
    of
    the
    good
    things,
    take
    (82)________________,
    eat
    what
    she
    wants
    to
    eat
    and
    so
    on.
    Alan
    Travel
    to
    Alaska,
    Africa,
    and
    Australia
    and
    spend
    (83)___________
    with
    all
    his
    family.
    Mrs.
    Brown
    Spend
    time
    with
    (84)________________,
    play
    with
    her
    child,
    and
    appreciate
    the
    beauty
    of
    (85)____________
    around.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    如果你的生命还有短短的几个月,你将如何安排这短暂的时间?哪些事情是你必须要做的?请以“What
    would
    you
    do
    with
    only
    a
    short
    life
    to
    live?”为题写一篇英语短文。
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    Unit
    5 标准检测(时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.What
    were
    the
    students
    doing
    yesterday
    mor-ning?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.What
    was
    the
    girl
    doing?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.What
    was
    uncle
    Wang
    doing?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.What
    animal
    does
    the
    speaker
    like?

    A.
    B.
    C.

    (  )5.What
    is
    the
    speaker
    talking
    about?A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.Whose
    book
    is
    this?

    A.The
    girl’s.

    B.The
    boy’s.

    C.We
    don’t
    know.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.What
    do
    you
    think
    of
    the
    girl?

    A.She
    is
    tired.

    B.She
    is
    shy.

    C.She
    is
    outgoing.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.What
    should
    Miss
    Yang
    do?

    A.Sleep
    less
    and
    eat
    more
    vegetables.

    B.Eat
    less
    food
    and
    do
    more
    exercise.C.Eat
    more
    fruit
    and
    do
    more
    exercise.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.Why
    does
    Tom
    have
    a
    stomachache?

    A.Because
    he
    has
    a
    cold.

    B.Because
    he
    has
    the
    flu.

    C.Because
    he
    does
    sports
    without
    breakfast.
    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.Why
    are
    people
    afraid
    of
    germs?

    A.Because
    the
    germs
    are
    bad
    for
    our
    health.

    B.Because
    the
    germs
    can
    get
    into
    the
    human
    body.C.Because
    the
    germs
    are
    too
    dirty.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.What
    did
    the
    boy
    use
    to
    do
    in
    the
    summer
    vacation?A.He
    used
    to
    play
    football.

    B.He
    used
    to
    go
    swimming.C.He
    used
    to
    play
    basketball.
    (  )12.Who
    taught
    him
    to
    swim?

    A.His
    parents.
    B.His
    P.E.
    teacher.

    C.His
    friends.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.Who
    found
    the
    book?

    A.Lucy.   B.John.   
    C.Jack.
    (  )14.What
    class
    did
    they
    have
    just
    now?

    A.The
    art
    class.

    B.The
    English
    class.

    C.The
    gym
    class.
    (  )15.Who
    does
    the
    book
    belong
    to?

    A.John.B.Lucy.
    C.A
    student
    of
    Class
    Two.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.In
    Bruce’s
    opinion,
    ________
    is
    the
    best
    time
    to
    swim.

    A.June

    B.July

    C.August
    (  )17.The
    average
    (平均)
    temperature
    of
    this
    month
    is
    ________.

    A.about
    23℃
    B.about
    32℃
    C.about
    35℃
    (  )18.________
    is
    good
    at
    swimming.

    A.Jim

    B.Tom

    C.Bruce
    (  )19.They
    mainly
    ________
    yesterday
    afternoon.

    A.watched
    TV

    B.played
    computer
    gamesC.played
    football
    along
    the
    river
    (  )20.They
    went
    back
    home
    ________.

    A.at
    about
    six
    o’clock

    B.at
    about
    seven
    o’clock

    C.at
    about
    eight
    o’clock
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一篇介绍机器人的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。
    Robots
    are
    (21)________
    to
    us
    in
    many
    ways.
    If
    we
    put
    the
    teaching
    (22)________
    into
    the
    computers,
    robots
    can
    (23)________
    as
    teachers.
    If
    we
    don’t
    have
    friends,
    robots
    can
    (24)________
    with
    us.
    If
    we
    don’t
    want
    to
    do
    the
    housework,
    robots
    can
    do
    it.
    If
    we
    aren’t
    happy,
    robots
    will
    sing
    and
    (25)________
    for
    us.二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.We
    didn’t
    win
    that
    game
    ________
    Wang
    Lei’s
    illness.

    A.because
    B.because
    of

    C.since

    D.as
    (  )27.This
    question
    is
    ________
    easy,
    so
    all
    the
    students
    can
    answer
    it.

    A.too
    muchB.too
    many
    C.much
    tooD.many
    too
    (  )28.This
    book
    ________
    Tom’s
    father’s,
    because
    his
    name
    is
    on
    the
    book.

    A.maybe
    B.may
    be

    C.must
    be
    D.must
    (  )29.Who
    does
    this
    T-shirt
    belong
    ________?A.inB.onC.to

    D.of
    (  )30.We
    had
    a
    lot
    of
    delicious
    food
    ________
    the
    picnic.

    A.onB.inC.at

    D.of

    (  )31.—Peter,
    how
    many
    girl
    students
    are
    there
    in
    your
    class?
    —Well,
    Dad.I
    think
    girls
    ________
    60%
    of
    the
    students
    in
    my
    class.A.take
    upB.make
    up

    C.put
    up
    D.use
    up
    (  )32.Please
    try
    ________
    English
    if
    you
    want
    to
    learn
    English
    well.

    A.practiceB.to
    practiceC.practicing

    D.practices
    (  )33.—Listen!
    John
    is
    laughing
    in
    the
    classroom.
    —It
    ________
    be
    John.He
    is
    in
    the
    teachers’
    office
    now.

    A.can’t

    B.mustn’t
    C.mayD.might
    (  )34.Mr.
    Green,
    a
    BBC
    reporter,
    is
    busy
    ________
    the
    CEO
    from
    a
    big
    company.

    A.interviewing
    B.offering

    C.replying
    D.regarding
    (  )35.Stay
    away!
    Be
    careful
    ________
    the
    fire!

    A.with
    B.of
    C.for
    D.at
    (  )36.Don’t
    pretend
    ________
    when
    you
    don’t.

    A.understand
    B.be
    understanding

    C.understandingD.to
    understand
    (  )37.The
    monkeys
    escaped
    ________
    the
    zoo
    yesterday
    evening.

    A.onB.ofC.fromD.out
    (  )38.—We
    have
    ________
    all
    the
    paper.We
    can’t
    go
    on
    working
    now.
    —So
    we
    have
    to
    buy
    some
    as
    soon
    as
    possible.

    A.mixed
    up
    B.cut
    up
    C.given
    up

    D.used
    up
    (  )39.There
    must
    be
    something
    wrong
    with
    the
    engine;
    it
    is
    making
    strange
    ________.A.voice
    B.noise
    C.sound
    D.words
    (  )40.The
    book
    is
    on
    Lily’s
    desk.________
    it
    is
    hers.A.May
    be
    B.Can

    C.Maybe
    D.Might
    (  )41.He
    is
    attempting
    ________
    the
    problem
    all
    by
    himself.A.solve
    B.to
    solve
    C.solving
    D.solved
    (  )42.The
    apples
    are
    beginning
    to
    ________
    from
    the
    trees
    these
    days.Can
    you
    go
    to
    the

    farm
    and
    pick
    some?

    A.drop

    B.throwC.land
    D.hit
    (  )43.—Mr.Green,
    there
    is
    a
    man
    ________
    you
    at
    the
    school
    gate.
    —Really?
    Please
    ask
    him
    to
    come
    to
    my
    office.

    A.waiting
    B.waiting
    forC.to
    wait
    D.to
    wait
    for
    (  )44.—You
    look
    ________.What
    happened?
    —I
    couldn’t
    find
    my
    mobile
    phone
    anywhere.

    A.excitedB.pleased
    C.worriedD.interested
    (  )45.—Hmm,
    what
    a
    pleasant
    smell
    and
    taste
    (味道)!
    You
    are
    a
    good
    cake-baker,
    Linda.
    —________.I’m
    glad
    you
    enjoy
    it.

    A.Thank
    you
    B.Don’t
    say
    so

    C.You
    talk
    too
    much

    D.No,
    I’m
    not
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    There
    are
    many
    words
    in
    the
    English
    language.You
    will
    never
    __46__
    the
    meaning
    of
    every
    word
    in
    English.When
    you
    read,
    you
    will
    often
    find
    many
    __47__
    you
    do
    not
    know.You
    will
    not
    have
    enough
    time
    to
    __48__
    reading
    and
    try
    to
    find
    every
    new
    word
    in
    a
    dictionary.
    Sometimes
    you
    can
    __49__
    a
    new
    word
    because
    you
    know
    some
    of
    the
    parts
    of
    the
    new
    word.For
    example,
    if
    a
    word
    ends
    __
    50__
    the
    letters
    “er”,
    that
    word
    __51__
    be
    the
    name
    of
    a
    __52__
    or
    a
    thing
    that
    does
    a
    certain
    action
    (某个动作).A
    writer
    is
    a
    person
    who
    writes.__53__
    it
    is
    not
    __54__
    to
    know
    the
    parts
    of
    a
    new
    word
    to
    understand
    it,
    __55__
    it
    will
    help
    you
    many
    times.
    (  )46.A.know
    B.learn
    C.find

    D.look

    (  )47.A.books
    B.lettersC.stories
    D.words
    (  )48.A.stop

    B.enjoy
    C.keep
    D.start
    (  )49.A.find
    B.get

    C.study
    D.guess
    (  )50.A.inB.off

    C.onD.up
    with
    (  )51.A.can

    B.might
    C.shouldD.must
    (  )52.A.friend
    B.boy

    C.personD.girl
    (  )53.A.Then
    B.Now
    C.Yet

    D.Sometimes
    (  )54.A.helpfulB.useful
    C.enoughD.good
    (  )55.A.but

    B.and

    C.soD.for
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A

    Classical
    Mother’s
    Day
    Movies
    My
    Big
    Fat
    Greek
    Wedding
    A
    young
    Greek
    woman
    named
    Toula
    (Nia
    Vardalos)
    falls
    in
    love
    with
    a
    non-Greek
    guy
    (John
    Corbett),
    and
    then
    she
    struggles
    (努力)
    to
    accept
    a
    culture
    which
    says:
    “Nice
    Greek
    girls
    are
    supposed
    to
    do
    three
    things
    in
    life:
    marry
    Greek
    boys,
    make
    Greek
    babies,
    and
    feed
    everyone...until
    the
    day
    we
    die.”
    This
    film
    was
    directed
    by
    Joel
    Zwick
    and
    written
    by
    Nia
    Vardalos.Nia
    Vardalos,
    Michael
    Constantine,
    John
    Corbett,
    and
    Lainie
    Kazan
    starred
    in
    it.It
    was
    on
    for
    the
    first
    time
    in
    theaters
    on
    August
    2,
    2002;
    on
    DVDs
    on
    February
    11,
    2003.
    Time:
    1
    hr.
    35
    mins
    Please
    Don’t
    Eat
    the
    Daisies
    Drama
    critic
    (评论家)
    Larry
    Mckay
    (David
    Niven)
    and
    his
    wife
    Kate
    (Doris
    Day)
    move
    from
    their
    small
    Manhattan
    flat
    to
    an
    old
    house
    in
    the
    country
    with
    their
    four
    sons.
    It
    was
    directed
    by
    Charles
    Walters
    and
    written
    by
    Jean
    Kerr
    and
    Isobel
    Lennart.Doris
    Day,
    David
    Niven,
    Janis
    Paige
    and
    Spring
    Byington
    starred
    in
    it.It
    was
    on
    for
    the
    first
    time
    in
    theatres
    on
    March
    31,
    1960;
    on
    DVDs
    on
    April
    26,
    2005.
    Time:1
    hr.
    51
    mins.(  )56.Who
    is
    an
    actor
    in
    My
    Big
    Fat
    Greek
    Wedding?

    A.David
    Niven.
    B.Charles
    Walters.

    C.John
    Corbett.
    D.Jean
    Kerr.
    (  )57.How
    many
    children
    does
    Kate
    in
    Please
    Don’t
    Eat
    the
    Daisies?

    A.Four.

    B.Two.
    C.Three.
    D.Five.
    (  )58.When
    was
    My
    Big
    Fat
    Greek
    Wedding
    on
    for
    the
    first
    time
    in
    theatres?

    A.on
    August
    2,
    2002.
    B.On
    February
    11,
    2003.

    C.On
    March
    31,
    1960.D.On
    April
    26,
    2005.
    (  )59.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    TRUE?

    A.A
    young
    non-Greek
    woman
    falls
    in
    love
    with
    a
    Greek
    guy
    in
    My
    Big
    Fat
    Greek
    Wedding.

    B.My
    Big
    Fat
    Greek
    Wedding’s
    time
    is
    shorter
    than
    that
    of
    Please
    Don’t
    Eat
    the
    Daisies.

    C.Larry
    Mckay
    and
    his
    wife
    move
    to
    a
    small
    Manhattan
    flat
    with
    their
    children
    in
    Please
    Don’t
    Eat
    the
    Daisies.

    D.Please
    Don’t
    Eat
    the
    Daisies
    was
    directed
    by
    Lainie
    Kazan.
    (  )60.We
    can
    read
    the
    passage
    above
    on
    a
    magazine
    about
    ________.

    A.education
    B.famous
    peopleC.culture
    D.films

    B
    Once
    Effendi
    had
    a
    joke
    with
    the
    Prime
    Minister
    (宰相).He
    said
    that
    the
    Minister
    would
    die
    the
    next
    day.The
    next
    day,
    the
    Minister
    fell
    to
    the
    ground
    from
    the
    horse
    and
    really
    died.When
    the
    king
    heard
    this,
    he
    got
    angry
    and
    sent
    his
    men
    to
    catch
    Effendi
    at
    once.
    When
    Effendi
    was
    brought
    to
    him,
    the
    king
    shouted
    angrily,
    “Effendi,
    since
    (既然)
    you
    knew
    when
    my
    Minister
    would
    die,
    you
    must
    know
    the
    date
    of
    your
    own
    death
    (死).Say
    it
    out,
    or
    you’ll
    die
    today.”

    Effendi
    looked
    at
    the
    king
    for
    a
    while.Then
    he
    answered,
    “But
    how
    can
    I
    know?
    I’ll
    die
    two
    days
    earlier
    than
    you.”
    The
    king
    was
    afraid
    that
    if
    he
    killed
    Effendi,
    he
    himself
    would
    die
    after
    that.He
    thought
    he
    must
    keep
    Effendi
    alive
    (活着)
    as
    long
    as
    possible,
    so
    he
    let
    Effendi
    go.
    (  )61.This
    story
    tells
    us
    ________.

    A.how
    Effendi
    fooled
    (愚弄)
    the
    king

    B.when
    the
    king
    would
    die

    C.why
    the
    Minister
    diedD.Effendi
    knew
    the
    dates
    of
    everyone’s
    death

    (  )62.The
    Prime
    Minister
    died
    because
    ________.

    A.Effendi
    killed
    him

    B.Effendi
    said
    he
    would
    die

    C.he
    was
    badly
    ill

    D.he
    fell
    off
    the
    horse

    (  )63.Why
    did
    the
    king
    ask
    Effendi
    to
    tell
    him
    the
    date
    of
    Effendi’s
    own
    death?

    A.Because
    the
    king
    wanted
    to
    know
    when
    he
    himself
    would
    die.

    B.Because
    the
    wanted
    to
    find
    an
    excuse
    to
    kill
    Effendi.

    C.Because
    he
    himself
    had
    known
    the
    date
    of
    Effendi’s
    death.

    D.Because
    he
    wanted
    to
    know
    when
    Effendi
    would
    die.
    (  )64.The
    king
    let
    Effendi
    go
    because
    ________.

    A.he
    hoped
    to
    live
    a
    long
    life

    B.he
    was
    afraid
    of
    Effendi

    C.he
    didn’t
    believe
    (相信)
    Effendi’s
    words

    D.he
    knew
    he
    would
    die
    two
    days
    later

    (  )65.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    NOT
    true?

    A.Effendi
    played
    a
    joke
    on
    the
    Minister.

    B.The
    king
    was
    afraid
    of
    death.

    C.Effendi
    didn’t
    know
    when
    the
    king
    would
    die.

    D.If
    the
    king
    killed
    Effendi,
    he
    himself
    would
    die
    two
    days
    later.
    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五个人的相关信息,右栏是七条信息。请将这五个人与他们感兴趣的信息配对。
    (  )66.Kate
    likes
    to
    buy
    a
    house
    to
    live
    with
    her
    family
    in
    Guangming
    Road.Which
    message
    is
    she
    interested
    in?
    (  )67.Michael
    wants
    to
    go
    to
    the
    hospital.Which
    information
    is
    he
    interested
    in?
    (  )68.Ivy
    wants
    to
    have
    a
    pen
    pal
    in
    China.Which
    message
    will
    draw
    her
    attention?
    (  )69.Molly
    wants
    to
    learn
    French.Which
    message
    will
    interest
    her?
    (  )70.John
    loves
    animals.Which
    information
    will
    draw
    his
    attention?
    A.Do
    you
    like
    children?
    Can
    you
    help
    children
    with
    their
    homework?
    We
    need
    teachers
    here.Please
    call
    Allan
    at
    020-88115278.
    B.Go
    down
    Renming
    Road.The
    hospital
    is
    on
    your
    right.It’s
    between
    the
    bank
    and
    the
    park.
    C.If
    you
    want
    to
    see
    our
    cars
    here,
    come
    at
    10:00
    on
    Monday
    morning.We
    are
    waiting
    for
    you.
    D.Do
    you
    like
    animals?
    We
    have
    all
    kinds
    of
    animals
    here.Come
    and
    see
    for
    yourself.
    E.Do
    you
    want
    to
    learn
    English?
    Do
    you
    want
    to
    learn
    French?
    Do
    you
    want
    to
    learn
    Japanese?
    We
    have
    very
    good
    language
    teachers
    here.Come
    and
    have
    a
    look.
    F.Hello,
    my
    name
    is
    Chen
    Lina.I
    am
    Chinese.I
    want
    to
    have
    a
    pen
    pal.
    G.I
    need
    to
    go
    to
    the
    United
    States
    for
    my
    further
    study.Anyone
    who
    is
    interested
    in
    my
    house
    in
    Guangming
    Road
    can
    call
    me
    at
    13938705671.
    五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。
    Tom
    once
    worked
    in
    a
    city
    office
    in
    London,
    but
    later
    he
    was
    out
    of
    (71)________.He
    had
    (72)________
    large
    family
    to
    support,
    so
    he
    often
    found
    himself
    in
    difficulty.He
    often
    visited
    Mr.White
    on
    Sundays,
    told
    (73)________
    about
    his
    troubles,
    and
    asked
    for
    two
    or
    three
    pounds.
    Mr.White,
    a
    man
    with
    a
    kind
    heart,
    found
    it
    (74)________
    to
    refuse
    to
    help
    him,
    though
    he
    himself
    was
    poor.Tom
    had
    already
    received
    more
    (75)________
    thirty
    pounds
    from
    Mr.White,
    but
    he
    always
    seemed
    to
    be
    in
    need
    of
    some
    more.
    One
    day,
    after
    telling
    Mr.White
    a
    long
    story
    of
    his
    trouble,
    Tom
    asked
    (76)________
    five
    pounds.Mr.White
    has
    heard
    this
    sort
    of
    thing
    before,
    (77)________
    he
    listened
    patiently
    to
    the
    end.Then
    he
    said,
    “I
    understand
    your
    difficulties,
    Tom.I’d
    like
    to
    help
    you.But
    I
    won’t
    give
    you
    five
    pounds
    this
    time.I’ll
    (78)________
    you
    the
    money,
    and
    you
    can
    (79)________
    me
    off
    next
    time
    you
    see
    me.”
    Tom
    took
    the
    money
    away,
    but
    he
    (80)________
    appeared
    again.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    Dear
    Bob,Every
    time
    I
    get
    a
    phone
    call
    or
    a
    mail,
    my
    parents
    want
    to
    know
    whom
    the
    call/mail
    is
    from,
    and
    how
    I
    got
    to
    know
    the
    person—no
    matter
    who
    calls
    me
    or
    writes
    to
    me.Last
    week,
    they
    found
    out
    that
    I
    drank
    and
    hung
    out
    with
    my
    friends
    by
    looking
    through
    my
    diary.Now
    they
    tell
    me
    I
    can’t
    hang
    out
    with
    my
    friends
    ever
    again.I’m
    so
    depressed
    and
    I
    think
    something
    must
    be
    done
    to
    stop
    them.I
    think
    my
    privacy
    (隐私)
    was
    violated
    (侵犯).As
    a
    teenager,
    I
    know
    what
    I
    did
    isn’t
    right,
    but
    this
    is
    making
    me
    so
    sad.I
    don’t
    know
    what
    to
    do.What
    should
    I
    do?
    Please
    write
    to
    me
    soon
    and
    tell
    me
    what
    I
    can
    do.
    TonyInformation
    Card
    Who
    The
    letter
    is
    from
    (81)________________.
    Problems
    The
    parents
    want
    to
    know
    (82)________________
    about
    the
    writer.
    What
    happened
    The
    parents
    found
    out
    something
    by
    (83)________________
    the
    writer’s
    diary.
    Results
    The
    parents
    don’t
    allow
    the
    writer
    to
    (84)________________
    with
    friends.
    Feelings
    Depressed
    and
    (85)________________.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    假如你是Bob,请根据上面的内容以及下面的提示给Tony写一封回信,给他一些建议。
    内容包括:
    1.应理解父母,他们那样做是为了保护你,不想让你陷入麻烦;
    2.应使父母相信你,减少他们的担心。
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。信的开头和结尾已经给出,不计入总词数。
    Dear
    Tony,
    I’m
    very
    happy
    to
    hear
    from
    you.________________________________
    __________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    I
    hope
    you
    can
    solve
    it
    successfully.
    Yours,
    Bob
    Unit
    6 标准检测
    (时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.What
    wasn’t
    Jim
    doing?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.Why
    was
    the
    teacher
    angry?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.What
    is
    the
    most
    beautiful?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.What
    type
    of
    TV
    programme
    is
    Tom
    interested
    in?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )5.Which
    is
    the
    largest
    animal
    in
    the
    ocean
    according
    to
    the
    speaker?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.Where
    does
    the
    man
    like
    to
    go
    swimming?

    A.In
    the
    river.

    B.In
    the
    lake.

    C.In
    the
    swimming
    pool.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.What
    did
    the
    man
    use
    to
    like?

    A.Sports.
    B.Music.

    C.Shopping.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.What
    hobby
    does
    Maria
    have
    now?

    A.Playing
    basketball.

    B.Collecting
    the
    photos
    of
    famous
    stars.

    C.Taking
    photos
    of
    famous
    stars.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.What
    hobby
    does
    Tom
    have?

    A.Collecting
    stamps.

    B.Collecting
    telephone
    cards.

    C.Collecting
    stones.
    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.Who
    taught
    Bruce
    to
    sing?

    A.Himself.
    B.His
    teacher.
    C.A
    singer.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.Why
    does
    Sally
    leave
    a
    message?

    A.Because
    she
    can’t
    speak
    to
    the
    man
    now.

    B.Because
    she
    has
    no
    time
    now.

    C.Because
    Mike
    isn’t
    at
    home.
    (  )12.What
    does
    Sally
    want
    to
    borrow?

    A.A
    camera.
    B.An
    umbrella.
    C.A
    bike.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.How
    long
    does
    Miss
    Yang
    have
    a
    sore
    throat?

    A.One
    day.
    B.Two
    days.
    C.Three
    days.
    (  )14.Which
    of
    them
    doesn’t
    Miss
    Yang
    have?

    A.A
    headache.

    B.A
    cough.

    C.A
    sore
    throat.
    (  )15.In
    fact,
    what’s
    the
    matter
    with
    Miss
    Yang?

    A.She
    has
    the
    flu.

    B.She
    has
    a
    fever.

    C.She
    has
    a
    backache.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.Beethoven
    was
    ________.

    A.a
    singer
    B.a
    musician
    C.a
    doctor
    (  )17.Beethoven
    was
    born
    ________.

    A.in
    Germany
    B.in
    America
    C.in
    England
    (  )18.Beethoven
    began
    to
    learn
    music________.

    A.at
    the
    age
    of
    11

    B.at
    the
    age
    of
    4

    C.at
    the
    age
    of
    30
    (  )19.Beethoven
    could
    give
    concerts
    ________.

    A.at
    the
    age
    of
    4B.at
    the
    age
    of
    17
    C.at
    the
    age
    of
    11
    (  )20.Some
    of
    his
    best
    pieces
    came
    out
    ________.

    A.when
    he
    was
    a
    child

    B.when
    he
    was
    old
    C.after
    he
    couldn’t
    hear
    anything
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一篇关于喜欢的书的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。
    What
    kind
    of
    books
    do
    you
    like
    reading
    most?
    Bob

    Likes
    to
    read
    a
    bit
    of
    thrillers
    before
    he
    goes
    to
    (21)________
    Kate
    Loves
    reading
    psychology
    books,
    especially
    books
    on
    (22)________
    behavior.
    Jack
    (23)________
    storybooks
    are
    his
    favorite.
    Lucy
    Read
    (24)________
    books
    mostly.
    Anne
    Different
    types
    of
    books
    and
    (25)________.
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.—What
    ________
    honest
    boy
    Jack
    is!
    —Yes.We
    all
    like
    him.

    A.aB./
    C.an

    D.the

    (  )27.She
    likes
    music
    that
    she
    can
    dance
    ________.

    A.withB.toC.alongD.on
    (  )28.She
    didn’t
    forget
    anything
    ________
    her
    mother
    had
    told
    her
    to
    buy.

    A.whom

    B.whichC.that
    D.who
    (  )29.Do
    you
    know
    that
    lady
    ________
    is
    in
    green?
    A.whoB.whom
    C.which
    D.whose

    (  )30.Some
    of
    her
    best
    loved
    photos
    are________
    display
    in
    this
    exhibition.

    A.on
    B.in
    C.atD.about
    (  )31.________
    you
    do,
    don’t
    miss
    the
    fashion
    show.

    A.What
    B.However
    C.Whatever
    D.How

    (  )32.I
    want
    to
    keep
    healthy,
    so
    I
    ________
    away
    from
    junk
    food.

    A.putB.pull
    C.get
    D.stay

    (  )33.I
    prefer
    ________
    at
    home
    to
    ________

    to
    the
    cinema.

    A.to
    stay;
    to
    go

    B.staying;
    going

    C.to
    stay;
    go
    D.staying;
    go

    (  )34.The
    boys
    who
    ________
    on
    the
    playground
    are
    my
    classmates.

    A.is
    playing
    football
    B.are
    playing
    football

    C.was
    playing
    football
    D.were
    playing
    football

    (  )35.He
    arrived
    too
    late
    and
    ________
    the
    train.

    A.miss

    B.missingC.missesD.missed
    (  )36.The
    situations
    of
    Sichuan
    earthquake
    reminded
    me
    ________
    Tangshan
    earthquake.

    A.to
    B.intoC.of
    D.at

    (  )37.He
    expects
    ________
    in
    a
    better
    school
    next
    year.

    A.study

    B.studying
    C.to
    study
    D.studies

    (  )38.What
    do
    you
    dislike
    ________
    the
    movie?A.ofB.on

    C.aboutD.over(  )39.—Take
    it
    easy!
    The
    work
    ________
    is
    very
    easy.You
    can
    do
    it
    well.
    —Oh,
    I
    hope
    everything
    goes
    well.

    A.itself
    B.myselfC.yourselfD.oneself
    (  )40.Don’t
    read
    in
    bed.It’s
    ________
    our
    eyes.

    A.good
    forB.badly
    for

    C.well
    forD.bad
    for

    (  )41.Have
    you
    seen
    the
    ________
    movie
    of
    Zhang
    Ziyi?A.late

    B.later
    C.latter
    D.latest

    (  )42.He
    became
    ________
    in
    science
    after
    he
    went
    to
    university.

    A.interestedB.interest

    C.interests
    D.interesting

    (  )43.Don’t
    you
    think
    the
    soup
    really
    tastes
    ________?A.sweetly
    B.well
    C.delicious
    D.deliciously

    (  )44.My
    uncle
    suggests
    ________
    cycling
    around
    the
    lake
    after
    meals.

    A.goes
    B.going
    C.to
    go
    D.gone
    (  )45.—What
    do
    you
    think
    of
    Linda’s
    latest
    CD?
    —________.I’ve
    listened
    to
    it
    many
    times.

    A.Not
    at
    allB.Of
    course

    C.Oh,
    I
    enjoy
    it
    a
    lot
    D.I
    really
    don’t
    like
    it

    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    Do
    you
    know
    the
    word
    “disaster”?
    You
    may
    have
    __46__
    of
    it
    many
    times
    these
    years.But
    do
    you
    know
    what
    it
    __47__
    means?
    Your
    mom
    may
    have
    called
    your
    room
    a
    disaster—she
    means
    you
    have
    to
    clean
    it
    up,
    but
    a
    real
    disaster
    is
    __48__.
    There
    are
    __49__
    disasters,
    like
    the
    2011
    earthquake
    in
    Japan.Nature,
    including
    the
    weather,
    can
    cause
    big
    __50__,
    such
    as
    the
    hurricane,
    the
    earthquake,the
    tornado,
    or
    the
    tsunami,
    which
    is
    a
    very
    very
    large
    wave
    __51__
    the
    sea.People
    have
    done
    a
    lot
    of
    study
    on
    natural
    disasters
    but
    so
    far
    they
    still
    can’t
    __52__
    them,
    even
    predict
    them.Natural
    disasters
    are
    very
    terrible
    and
    they
    do
    a
    lot
    of
    __53__
    to
    human
    beings.
    __54__
    can
    also
    cause
    disasters,
    like
    when
    someone
    on
    purpose
    or
    accidentally
    starts
    a
    fire
    in
    the
    woods
    that
    becomes
    a
    forest
    fire.Sometimes
    man-made
    disasters
    are
    even
    __55__
    than
    natural
    disasters.

    (  )46.A.heard
    B.seen
    C.smelt
    D.tasted

    (  )47.A.hardlyB.violently

    C.exactlyD.splendidly

    (  )48.A.exciting

    B.boring
    C.terribleD.lovely

    (  )49.A.naturalB.man-made
    C.helpfulD.useful

    (  )50.A.successB.happiness
    C.customsD.problems

    (  )51.A.withoutB.from
    C.forD.to

    (  )52.A.believeB.cheat
    C.want
    D.control

    (  )53.A.supportB.benefitC.harm
    D.hope

    (  )54.A.Animals

    B.PeopleC.Plants
    D.Woman

    (  )55.A.worse
    B.better
    C.shorterD.taller
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A
    Yesterday
    Mark
    read
    a
    letter
    from
    World
    Travel
    Service.Then
    he
    finished
    the
    information
    (信息)
    paper
    below
    on
    the
    right.(  )56.How
    long
    will
    Mark’s
    trip
    last?A.Four
    weeks.

    B.Two
    months.
    C.About
    a
    year.D.We
    don’t
    know.
    (  )57.From
    the
    letter,
    we
    know
    John
    Foley
    ________.A.is
    a
    traveler
    B.is
    the
    head
    of
    World
    Travel
    Service
    C.likes
    writing
    lettersD.likes
    going
    to
    foreign
    countries
    (  )58.Mark
    ________.A.is
    going
    to
    study
    Japanese
    during
    the
    trip
    B.must
    write
    a
    report
    after
    the
    tripC.should
    have
    some
    sports
    before
    the
    trip
    D.will
    pay
    for
    the
    trip

    (  )59.Mark
    will
    go
    to
    ________.A.France

    B.Britain
    C.Australia

    D.Canada

    (  )60.Mark
    will
    probably
    (很可能)
    write
    something
    about________
    in
    his
    report.A.a
    day
    at
    a
    beachB.a
    science
    museumC.business
    in
    that
    country

    D.basketball
    in
    that
    countryBWhen
    the
    lead
    singer
    (主唱者)
    Shin
    (Su
    Jianxin)
    left
    to
    go
    solo
    (单独)
    about
    a
    year
    ago,
    the
    rock
    band
    got
    a
    huge
    shock.But
    the
    other
    members:
    guitarist
    Chris,
    drummer
    Michael,
    keyboard
    player
    Tomi,
    and
    bass
    player
    Liu
    Xiaohua
    still
    believe
    in
    themselves.They
    stay
    together
    and
    don’t
    change
    the
    band’s
    name.
    Recently
    the
    band
    is
    in
    Beijing
    to
    promote
    their
    new
    song
    The
    Heart
    Never
    Dies.The
    power
    of
    their
    singing
    shows
    how
    strongly
    they
    want
    to
    keep
    the
    band
    alive.They’re
    also
    looking
    for
    a
    new
    singer.“We
    want
    someone
    with
    a
    special
    voice
    and
    personality,”
    said
    Michael.
    “Anyone
    with
    talent
    is
    welcome
    to
    have
    a
    try.”
    Fans
    come
    to
    welcome
    the
    band
    and
    show
    their
    support.The
    loss
    of
    Shin
    doesn’t
    seem
    to
    have
    influenced
    their
    passion.The
    band’s
    song
    writing
    and
    great
    live
    performances
    mean
    more
    to
    us
    than
    Shin’s
    high
    voice.
    (  )61.There
    are
    ________
    members
    in
    the
    rock
    band
    now.

    A.threeB.four
    C.fiveD.six
    (  )62.What
    does
    the
    underlined
    word
    “passion”
    mean
    in
    Chinese?A.热情
    B.恋情C.愤怒

    D.酷爱
    (  )63.What
    is
    the
    band
    looking
    for?A.A
    guitarist
    who
    has
    a
    special
    personality.B.A
    drummer
    who
    is
    interested
    in
    singing
    and
    dancing.C.A
    keyboard
    player
    who
    can
    play
    well.D.A
    singer
    who
    has
    a
    special
    voice
    and
    personality.
    (  )64.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    TRUE?A.The
    lead
    singer
    left,
    so
    the
    band
    members
    decided
    to
    change
    their
    band’s
    name.B.The
    band
    has
    no
    passion
    for
    music
    because
    the
    lead
    singer
    left.C.The
    Heart
    Never
    Dies
    shows
    how
    strongly
    the
    band
    members
    want
    to
    keep
    the
    band
    alive.D.Anyone
    with
    talent
    can
    join
    the
    band.
    (  )65.Which
    is
    the
    best
    title
    for
    the
    passage?A.A
    Popular
    BandB.The
    Band
    Plays
    On
    C.A
    Popular
    Song
    The
    Heart
    Never
    DiesD.A
    Talented
    Singer
    Wanted
    C
    (  )66.Now,
    I
    want
    a
    music
    teacher
    for
    Grade
    8
    in
    Hong
    Kong
    and
    he
    must
    be
    able
    to
    teach
    how
    to
    play
    the
    piano.
    (  )67.Mary
    finds
    there
    are
    some
    homeless
    pets
    around
    her
    neighbourhood.She
    wonders
    how
    she
    can
    help
    those
    poor
    animals.
    (  )68.Tom
    is
    looking
    for
    a
    part-time
    job
    as
    a
    cashier
    or
    a
    waiter
    in
    restaurants
    during
    summer
    vacation
    (June
    20th-July
    31st).A
    place
    near
    London
    Bridge
    would
    be
    better.
    (  )69.Mary
    is
    a
    music
    lover
    and
    wants
    to
    have
    a
    relaxing
    weekend.She
    is
    searching
    for
    a
    place
    where
    she
    can
    enjoy
    wonderful
    coffee.
    (  )70.David
    is
    a
    rock
    fan,
    but
    most
    of
    his
    classmates
    love
    pop
    music.He
    feels
    lonely
    sometimes.He
    needs
    some
    friends
    with
    the
    same
    interest.
    A.Kitchen
    is
    a
    restaurant
    and
    bar
    near
    London
    Bridge.We
    need
    a
    waiter/waitress
    to
    join
    our
    team.Full
    time
    or
    part
    time
    is
    OK.
    B.Do
    you
    want
    to
    make
    new
    friends?
    Well,
    the
    good
    news
    is
    that
    you
    are
    not
    alone!
    You
    can
    meet
    friends
    that
    share
    the
    same
    interests
    at
    .
    C.I’m
    from
    PPEA
    (Professional
    Piano
    Education
    Academy),
    and
    I
    can
    teach
    piano
    lessons
    for
    all
    levels.Could
    you
    offer
    me
    a
    job
    in
    HK?
    My
    telephone
    number
    is
    342-3724.
    D.Supporting
    homeless
    pets
    is
    one
    of
    the
    best
    acts
    of
    kindness.There
    are
    many
    ways
    to
    help
    them.Make
    a
    donation
    today
    at
    .
    E.Are
    you
    looking
    for
    an
    experienced
    baby-sitter?
    You
    can
    call
    me
    at
    633-84651.
    F.Copper
    Star
    Coffee:
    The
    best
    place
    to
    listen
    to
    music
    while
    drinking
    coffee.4220N.7th
    Ave.602-266-2136.
    G.Our
    new
    book
    is
    your
    one-stop
    resource
    for
    choosing,
    training,
    and
    caring
    for
    your
    pet
    dog.
    配对阅读 左栏是五个人的需求信息,右栏是七条信息。请将这五个人与他们所需要的信息配对。
    五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。People
    are
    often
    killed
    while
    crossing
    the
    road.Most
    of
    them
    are
    (71)________
    people
    and
    children.Old
    people
    are
    often
    killed
    because
    they
    usually
    can’t
    see
    or
    hear
    very
    (72)________.Children
    are
    often
    killed
    because
    they
    (73)________
    careful.People
    should
    look
    and
    listen
    before
    they
    cross
    the
    road.
    (74)________car,
    truck
    or
    bus
    can’t
    stop
    very
    quickly
    if
    a
    car
    is
    going
    very
    fast.It
    will
    travel
    many
    meters
    (75)________
    it
    stops.Walkers
    don’t
    always
    know
    this.They
    think
    a
    car
    can
    stop
    right
    away.The
    faster
    a
    car
    is
    travelling,
    the
    longer
    (76)________
    takes
    to
    stop.It’s
    very
    difficult
    for
    a
    walker
    to
    know(77)________
    fast
    a
    car
    is
    travelling.
    The
    only
    safe
    way
    to
    cross
    the
    road
    is
    to
    look
    at
    (78)________
    sides,
    right
    or
    left.The
    correct
    way
    to
    (79)________
    the
    road
    is
    to
    walk
    quickly
    when
    the
    traffic
    (80)________
    turn
    green.It’s
    not
    safe
    to
    run.If
    people
    run
    across
    the
    road,
    they
    may
    fall
    down.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。

    For
    many
    young
    people,
    listening
    to
    music
    while
    walking
    down
    the
    street
    has
    become
    a
    common
    practice.Thousands
    of
    college
    students,
    as
    well
    as
    high
    school
    and
    middle
    school
    students,can
    be
    seen
    listening
    to
    their
    iPods
    or
    MP3
    players.A
    report
    has
    warned
    that
    more
    and
    more
    people
    are
    dying
    in
    traffic
    accidents
    because
    they
    are
    wearing
    headphones
    and
    can’t
    hear
    warnings
    from
    trains
    or
    cars.Young
    people
    are
    involved
    in
    accidents
    because
    they
    are
    not
    paying
    attention
    to
    their
    surroundings.
    In
    a
    recent
    case
    study,
    116
    people
    were
    studied
    in
    order
    to
    see
    how
    listening
    to
    headphones
    affected
    their
    interaction
    (感应)
    with
    their
    surroundings.Two
    thirds
    of
    the
    people
    who
    were
    hit
    by
    cars
    were
    under
    the
    age
    of
    30
    but
    over
    the
    age
    of
    18.Many
    of
    those
    who
    were
    hit
    by
    cars
    or
    other
    moving
    vehicles
    reported
    that
    they
    did
    not
    hear
    the
    cars
    moving
    towards
    them.Others
    said
    that
    they
    didn’t
    pay
    attention
    to
    traffic
    rules,
    and
    walked
    into
    oncoming
    traffic
    (迎面来的车辆)
    without
    realizing
    what
    they
    were
    doing.People
    were
    not
    paying
    attention
    to
    traffic
    because
    of
    their
    headphones.
    Information
    Card
    Common
    practice
    Many
    young
    people
    enjoy
    (81)________________
    while
    walking
    down
    the
    street.
    Headphone
    users
    College
    students,high
    school
    and
    (82)________________
    students.
    A
    recent
    case
    study
    shows:
    (83)________________
    of
    the
    people
    who
    were
    hit
    by
    cars
    were
    under
    the
    age
    of
    30
    but
    over
    the
    age
    of
    18.

    Many
    of
    those
    who
    were
    hit
    by
    cars
    didn’t
    hear
    the
    cars
    (84)________________.
    Others
    didn’t
    pay
    attention
    to
    traffic
    rules.
    The
    reason
    for
    the
    accidents
    People
    didn’t
    pay
    attention
    to
    traffic
    because
    of
    (85)____________.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    假如你是Jack,你的笔友Mary
    非常喜欢边走路边听音乐。读完上面的短文之后,请你给她写一封电子邮件,提醒她注意交通安全。
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。邮件的开头和结尾已经给出,不计入总词数。
    Dear
    Mary,
    How
    is
    everything
    going?
    _______________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    Yours,
    Jack
    Unit
    7 标准检测(时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
      
    一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.What
    does
    the
    girl
    want
    to
    be
    now?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.What’s
    the
    weather
    like
    tomorrow?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.Where
    does
    the
    woman
    want
    to
    go?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.What
    kind
    of
    bag
    do
    they
    want
    to
    use?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )5.How
    does
    the
    man
    travel
    when
    he
    goes
    on
    a
    short
    journey?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.What
    did
    Alan
    do
    last
    weekend?

    A.He
    went
    camping.
    B.He
    stayed
    at
    home.

    C.He
    went
    for
    a
    picnic.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.What’s
    the
    girl
    going
    to
    do
    tomorrow?

    A.Have
    lunch
    with
    the
    boy.
    B.Have
    a
    meeting.

    C.Stay
    at
    home.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.Why
    is
    Steven
    so
    happy?

    A.Because
    he
    will
    have
    a
    trip
    with
    Doris.

    B.Because
    Doris
    will
    hold
    a
    party
    for
    him.

    C.Because
    he
    will
    be
    free.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.Whom
    did
    the
    girl
    give
    the
    gift
    to?

    A.Mr.
    Smith.
    B.Mr.
    Smith’s
    brother.

    C.Her
    brother.
    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.When
    will
    the
    woman
    get
    to
    Tokyo?

    A.On
    the
    morning
    of
    15th.

    B.On
    the
    morning
    of
    14th.

    C.On
    the
    evening
    of
    14th.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.Who
    will
    Larry
    go
    to
    Sydney
    to
    see?

    A.His
    friends.
    B.His
    parents.

    C.His
    grandparents.
    (  )12.How
    long
    will
    the
    boy
    be
    away?

    A.For
    a
    week.
    B.For
    about
    two
    weeks.

    C.For
    three
    weeks.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.How
    long
    was
    Mark’s
    flight?

    A.10
    hours.
    B.5
    hours.

    C.8
    hours.
    (  )14.Did
    Mark’s
    plane
    stop
    during
    the
    flight?

    A.No.
    B.Yes.

    C.We
    don’t
    know.
    (  )15.What
    did
    Mark
    buy
    in
    the
    duty-free
    store?

    A.Nothing.
    B.Coffee.
    C.Chocolate.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.The
    population
    of
    Sydney
    is
    ________.

    A.more
    than
    three
    million

    B.less
    than
    three
    million
    C.more
    than
    four
    million
    (  )17.In
    Sydney
    if
    people
    say
    they
    are
    going
    skiing,
    they
    often
    mean
    ________.

    A.snow-skiing
    B.water-skiing
    C.water-skating
    (  )18.The
    weather
    in
    winter
    in
    Sydney
    is
    ________.

    A.cool
    B.cold
    C.warm

    (  )19.The
    interesting
    old
    houses
    were
    built
    ________.

    A.in
    the
    18th
    century
    B.in
    the
    17th
    centuryC.in
    the
    19th
    century
    (  )20.People’s
    opinion
    about
    Sydney
    is
    ________.

    A.a
    modern
    city
    B.an
    outdoor
    city

    C.an
    old
    city
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一段电话留言,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。

    Telephone
    Message
    From:GarrettTo:(21)________
    Which
    school
    year
    During
    his
    (22)________
    middle
    school
    year.
    The
    reason
    He’d
    been
    going
    to
    bed
    (23)________
    in
    summer
    vacation.
    The
    fact
    He
    found
    himself
    lying
    awake
    in
    bed
    until
    (24)_______
    in
    the
    morning.
    Email
    address
    and
    telephone
    number
    Garret007@hotmail.com
    and
    (25)________.
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.The
    scientists
    went
    ________
    the
    forest
    and
    arrived
    in
    the
    city
    finally.

    A.to
    B.through

    C.cross

    D.across

    (  )27.This
    is
    the
    library
    ________
    my
    brother
    goes
    once
    a
    week.

    A.that
    B.whichC.there
    D.where(  )28.—What’s
    your
    plan?
    —I’m
    considering
    ________
    the
    Disneyland
    while
    in
    Hong
    Kong.

    A.to
    visit
    B.visiting
    C.visitedD.visit
    (  )29.—Why
    not
    ________
    the
    club?
    —I’m
    sorry.I
    have
    no
    time.

    A.to
    join

    B.joining
    C.joinD.to
    join
    in(  )30.—What
    do
    you
    think
    of
    the
    concert
    given
    by
    the
    young
    pianist?
    —Excellent,
    ________
    one
    piece
    of
    the
    music
    wasn’t
    played
    quite
    well.

    A.andB.thoughC.because
    D.so
    that

    (  )31.—Where
    are
    you
    going
    for
    this
    winter
    holiday?
    —I
    don’t
    know.Maybe
    I’ll
    go
    ________.

    A.to
    somewhere
    warmB.to
    warm
    somewhere

    C.warm
    somewhereD.somewhere
    warm
    (  )32.—Would
    you
    mind
    ________
    for
    a
    few
    minutes?
    —No,
    not
    at
    all.

    A.waitB.to
    wait
    C.waited
    D.waiting

    (  )33.—Oh,
    the
    cat
    is
    so
    cute.
    —Then
    take
    it.I
    ________
    pay
    for
    it.

    A.am
    willing
    toB.willing
    to

    C.am
    looking
    forward
    to

    D.look
    forward
    to(  )34.I
    have
    several
    dictionaries,
    ________
    an
    English-Chinese
    dictionary.

    A.include
    B.includingC.but
    D.or(  )35.—What
    ________
    at
    the
    party?
    —I’d
    like
    to
    sing
    and
    dance.

    A.you
    would
    do

    B.like
    you
    do

    C.would
    you
    like
    to
    do

    D.like
    you
    would
    do(  )36.—I
    dream
    ________
    to
    Switzerland
    some
    day.
    —It
    sounds
    great.

    A.to
    go
    B.of
    going
    C.to
    going

    D.about
    to
    go(  )37.—Would
    you
    like
    something
    to
    drink?
    —________.I’ve
    had
    enough.

    A.Yes,
    please
    B.No,
    you
    can’t
    C.No,
    thanks
    D.No,
    I
    don’t
    like(  )38.They
    continued
    ________
    tennis
    after
    a
    short
    rest.

    A.to
    play
    B.to
    playingC.on
    playing

    D.for
    playing(  )39.She
    hopes
    ________
    to
    play
    with
    them.

    A.she
    to
    goB.to
    go

    C.that
    go
    D.to
    going

    (  )40.The
    organization
    will
    provide
    ________
    in
    the
    neighborhood.

    A.people
    with
    booksB.people
    books
    C.books
    to
    people
    D.people
    for
    books
    (  )41.France
    is
    ________
    place.

    A.quite
    expensive
    a
    B
    quite
    a
    expensive

    C.quite
    an
    expensiveD.an
    quite
    expensive
    (  )42.________
    trees
    have
    been
    planted
    near
    here,
    so
    the
    air
    is
    very
    fresh.

    A.Two
    hundredsB.Hundred
    of
    C.Hundreds
    of
    D.Hundreds
    (  )43.—May
    I
    go
    to
    the
    concert
    with
    you?
    —I’m
    afraid
    not
    ________
    you
    have
    a
    ticket,
    because
    I
    have
    only
    one.

    A.since
    B.ifC.unlessD.though

    (  )44.Beijing,
    the
    capital
    of
    China,
    is
    one
    of
    ________
    in
    the
    world.

    A.the
    biggest
    cities
    B.bigger
    city

    C.much
    bigger
    citiesD.big
    city
    (  )45.What
    ________
    would
    you
    like
    to
    visit?

    A.other
    B.else

    C.the
    other
    D.another
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    If
    you
    have
    a
    chance
    to
    travel
    in
    Europe,
    you’d
    better
    choose
    Italy
    as
    a
    good
    place
    to
    visit.Because
    Italy
    is
    a
    very
    famous
    country
    __46__
    a
    long
    history,
    and
    there
    are
    many
    interesting
    cities
    in
    this
    country.There
    are
    three
    __
    47__
    people
    each
    year
    who
    visit
    the
    city
    of
    Pisa.It’s
    known
    __48__
    the
    Leaning
    Tower
    of
    Pisa.The
    tower
    looks
    as
    if
    it
    might
    fall
    at
    any
    time.__49__
    some
    visitors
    stop
    at
    the
    tower
    just
    __50__
    to
    take
    a
    photo,
    then
    they
    __51__
    away.The
    tower
    has
    294
    steps.Visitors
    __52__
    can
    climb
    to
    the
    top
    and
    come
    down
    will
    feel
    like
    heroes.Engineers
    say
    that
    the
    visitors
    are
    safe,
    __53__
    the
    tower
    does
    lean.This
    tower
    has
    been
    leaning
    for
    about
    eight
    hundred
    years.And
    it
    leans
    a
    tiny
    bit
    __54__
    every
    year.If
    this
    keeps
    on,
    the
    tower
    will
    fall
    at
    last.But
    many
    engineers
    are
    trying
    their
    best
    to
    keep
    the
    tower
    standing
    as
    long
    as
    __55__.
    (  )46.A.with
    B.inC.of

    D.for
    (  )47.A.millions
    ofB.millions

    C.million
    of
    D.million
    (  )48.A.as

    B.for

    C.of

    D.with
    (  )49.A.In
    time

    B.In
    allC.In
    factD.In
    the
    end
    (  )50.A.long
    enough

    B.enough
    long

    C.short
    enough

    D.enough
    short
    (  )51.A.give
    B.send

    C.hurry
    D.put
    (  )52.A.what
    B.which

    C.who
    D.where
    (  )53.A.thoughB.butC.and

    D.so
    (  )54.A.little
    B.more
    C.less

    D.few
    (  )55.A.probable

    B.quickly
    C.possible

    D.quiet
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A

    Mr.
    Smith,Here’s
    the
    answer
    to
    your
    London
    Hotel
    search:

    You
    searched
    for:

    Location:Central
    London

    Arrival
    date:June
    4th,
    2012
    Leaving
    date:June
    5th,
    2012
    Number
    of
    rooms:1
    Adults
    per
    room:2
    Children
    per
    room:1

    Your
    search
    found
    2
    hotels
    (Top
    secret
    hotels
    at
    lower
    prices)
    Thistle
    Westminster
    ★★★★★

    Consumer
    rating
    77%
    The
    Thistle
    Westminster
    is
    a
    modern
    hotel
    located
    in
    central
    Victoria.Guests
    are
    just
    a
    few
    minutes
    from
    the
    Royal
    and
    Political
    district.
    Room
    type
    Triple
    Room
    Full
    Rate£267
    Our
    Discount(折扣)
    30%
    You
    pay
    per
    room____Radisson
    Edwardian
    Berkshire
    ★★★★★

    Consumer
    rating
    84%
    Right
    in
    the
    middle
    of
    Oxford
    Street,
    London’s
    famous
    shopping
    district,
    and
    just
    near
    Hyde
    Park.

    Room
    type
    Double
    Room
    Full
    Rate
    £315
    Our
    Discount
    37%
    You
    pay
    per
    room
    £199

    (  )56.Which
    kind
    of
    hotel
    or
    room
    does
    Mr.Smith
    want
    to
    search
    for?

    A.Two
    hotels
    in
    Central
    London.

    B.A
    hotel
    near
    Hyde
    Park.

    C.1
    room
    for
    2
    adults
    and
    1
    child.

    D.2
    rooms
    for
    2
    adults
    and
    2
    children.
    (  )57.What
    can
    we
    infer
    from
    the
    information?

    A.The
    Smiths
    will
    visit
    London
    again.

    B.The
    Smiths
    will
    stay
    at
    the
    hotel
    on
    the
    night
    of
    June
    5.

    C.Mr.
    Smith
    doesn’t
    care
    about
    money
    and
    wants
    to
    live
    in
    a
    comfortable
    hotel.

    D.Mr.
    Smith
    wants
    to
    live
    comfortably
    but
    spend
    less
    money
    at
    the
    same
    time.
    (  )58.How
    much
    will
    Mr.Smith
    pay
    if
    he
    chooses
    to
    stay
    in
    Thistle
    Westminster
    Hotel?

    A.£267.
    B.£187.C.£206.
    D.£199.
    (  )59.Which
    is
    NOT
    true
    about
    Radisson
    Edwardian
    Berkshire
    Hotel?

    A.The
    hotel
    is
    not
    far
    from
    Hyde
    Park.

    B.The
    hotel
    is
    in
    London’s
    famous
    shopping
    district.

    C.The
    hotel
    has
    lower
    consumer
    rating
    than
    Thistle
    Westminster.

    D.Mr.Smith
    only
    needs
    to
    pay
    63%
    of
    the
    full
    rate
    at
    the
    hotel.
    (  )60.Where
    would
    you
    probably
    find
    the
    forms?

    A.On
    BBC
    TV
    news.

    B.In
    a
    local
    history
    magazine.

    C.In
    a
    textbook.

    D.On
    an
    Internet
    tour
    Website.
    B

    Driving
    a
    car
    at
    a
    high
    speed
    (速度)
    along
    a
    highway
    seems
    to
    be
    fun.You
    need
    only
    to
    follow
    the
    bright
    traffic
    signs
    (交通标志)
    beside
    the
    highways
    and
    they
    will
    take
    you
    to
    where
    you
    wish.

    But
    to
    a
    London
    taxi
    driver,
    driving
    is
    not
    an
    easy
    job.A
    taxi
    driver
    has
    to
    have
    not
    only
    skills
    but
    also
    a
    good
    knowledge
    of
    the
    city
    of
    London,
    from
    the
    smaller
    road
    to
    the
    most
    popular
    bar
    (酒吧).He
    has
    to
    be
    at
    the
    service
    of
    all
    kinds
    of
    people
    at
    all
    times.He
    usually
    goes
    home
    between
    2
    and
    3
    o’clock
    in
    the
    morning.There
    are
    times
    he
    has
    to
    stay
    longer
    and
    try
    to
    make_more_runs.

    London
    taxi
    drivers
    not
    only
    “take”
    but
    also
    “give”.Every
    summer
    hundreds
    of
    children
    from
    London
    will
    go
    for
    a
    day
    at
    the
    sea
    by
    taxi!
    Their
    rides
    are
    paid
    by
    the
    taxi
    drivers.At
    the
    sea,
    they
    are
    met
    by
    the
    mayor
    (市长),
    and
    the
    lunch
    party
    is
    also
    held
    for
    the
    drivers
    and
    children.After
    a
    happy
    day
    running
    around
    the
    beaches
    and
    visiting
    the
    markets,
    the
    children
    go
    home
    again
    by
    taxi,
    and
    free
    of
    charge
    (费用),
    of
    course!

    ( 
    )61.The
    underlined
    phrase
    “make
    more
    runs”
    in
    the
    second
    paragraph
    means
    “________”.A.do
    more
    running
    exercise

    B.have
    more
    businessC.drive
    very
    quickly
    D.be
    more
    skilled
    (  )62.It’s
    not
    easy
    to
    be
    a
    taxi
    driver
    in
    London
    because
    ________.

    A.there
    is
    much
    traffic
    in
    London
    B.he
    has
    to
    follow
    the
    bright
    traffic
    signs

    C.he
    makes
    little
    money

    D.he
    has
    to
    know
    all
    the
    places
    in
    the
    city
    and
    serve
    all
    kinds
    of
    people
    at
    all
    times
    (  )63.Children
    who
    go
    for
    a
    day
    at
    the
    sea
    ________.

    A.are
    wanted
    by
    the
    mayor

    B.are
    given
    free
    rides

    C.must
    take
    some
    food
    for
    lunch
    D.are
    top
    students
    (  )64.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    TRUE
    according
    to
    the
    passage?A.Taxi
    drivers
    in
    London
    often
    drive
    at
    a
    high
    speed.

    B.Taxi
    drivers
    in
    London
    often
    go
    to
    the
    most
    popular
    bar
    to
    drink
    wine.

    C.The
    mayor
    can
    pay
    the
    money
    for
    the
    children’s
    taxi
    rides.

    D.Taxi
    drivers
    in
    London
    work
    hard
    and
    are
    helpful.
    (  )65.The
    passage
    is
    mainly
    about
    ________.

    A.traffic
    in
    London

    B.taxi
    drivers’
    job
    in
    London

    C.children
    in
    London
    D.a
    driver
    in
    London
    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五个中学生看电影的情况,右栏是七位专家的建议。请将这五个中学生和相应的建议配对。
    (  )66.I
    am
    a
    movie
    fan.I
    love
    seeing
    movies
    very
    much,
    especially
    kungfu
    movies.
    A.You
    should
    plan
    your
    time
    well.To
    develop
    your
    interest
    is
    important,
    but
    to
    learn
    the
    basic
    knowledge
    is
    also
    important.
    B.To
    study
    or
    not
    depends
    on
    your
    interest,
    even
    when
    others
    are
    against
    your
    choice.(  )67.I
    have
    bought
    all
    the
    movies
    of
    Li
    Xiaolong
    and
    seen
    each
    over
    three
    times.
    (  )68.I
    go
    to
    the
    cinema
    every
    week,
    although
    it
    is
    very
    far
    from
    my
    home.
    (  )69.I
    spend
    much
    more
    time
    on
    movies
    than
    on
    my
    study.My
    parents
    get
    angry
    with
    my
    special
    interest.
    (  )70.I
    hate
    study.I
    am
    dreaming
    of
    being
    a
    movie
    star
    all
    the
    time.

    C.You
    should
    follow
    your
    parents’
    idea,
    give
    up
    seeing
    movies
    and
    work
    hard
    in
    your
    study.
    D.Developing
    one’s
    own
    interest
    is
    a
    good
    thing.But
    don’t
    spend
    too
    much
    time
    in
    watching
    movies;
    you
    also
    need
    to
    do
    some
    other
    activities,
    such
    as
    reading
    and
    doing
    exercises.
    E.You
    should
    control
    yourself
    in
    buying
    so
    many
    movies,
    for
    it
    will
    cost
    you
    lots
    of
    money.You
    can
    rent
    them
    instead
    of
    buying
    them.
    It
    can
    save
    you
    a
    lot
    of
    money.
    F.Going
    to
    the
    cinema
    every
    week
    may
    be
    a
    waste
    of
    time.You
    can
    choose
    some
    good
    movies
    which
    are
    worth
    seeing.
    G.Everyone
    may
    have
    a
    dream
    in
    his
    childhood.Insist
    in
    it
    and
    try
    to
    make
    it
    come
    true,
    but
    don’t
    give
    up
    studying
    other
    things
    too
    early.
    五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。Washington
    D.C.is
    the
    capital
    of
    the
    United
    States.It’s
    (71)________
    center
    of
    national
    government.It’s
    a
    busy,
    working
    city
    with
    a
    large
    population.But
    what
    is
    (72)________,
    Washington
    is
    also
    a
    city
    of
    history
    and
    culture.It
    is
    home
    to
    many
    famous
    and
    interesting
    public
    buildings
    and
    monuments,
    many
    of
    which
    are
    connected
    (73)________
    the
    federal
    government.
    (74)________
    are
    many
    tourist
    sights
    in
    Washington.Perhaps
    the
    most
    important
    tourist
    sight
    is
    the
    Capital
    Building.(75)________
    is
    the
    house
    of
    the
    Congress.Another
    world-famous
    building
    (76)________
    Washington
    is
    the
    White
    House.This
    is
    the
    home
    and
    office
    of
    the
    (77)________
    of
    the
    United
    States.Most
    visitors
    are,
    however,
    surprised
    by
    (78)________
    small
    the
    White
    House
    actually
    is.
    Washington
    is
    also
    a
    great
    cultural
    city.The
    Library
    of
    Congress
    contains
    one
    of
    the
    (79)________
    library
    collections
    in
    the
    world.The
    Smithsonian
    Museum
    holds
    the
    nation’s
    largest
    collection
    of
    cultural
    materials.And
    the
    John
    F.Kennedy
    Center
    is
    a
    famous
    center
    of
    art
    and
    culture.It
    (80)________
    many
    great
    musical
    and
    theatre
    performances
    throughout
    the
    year.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    Different
    people
    might
    choose
    to
    visit
    different
    places
    for
    different
    reasons.I
    want
    to
    visit
    Berlin
    next
    time
    if
    I
    get
    the
    chance
    to
    go
    on
    a
    trip.I
    have
    been
    to
    Germany
    before,
    but
    so
    far
    I
    have
    only
    had
    the
    chance
    to
    visit
    the
    northern
    and
    the
    western
    part
    of
    the
    country.I
    look
    forward
    to
    seeing
    Berlin
    for
    the
    first
    time.I
    want
    to
    visit
    the
    DDR
    Museum
    and
    some
    of
    the
    other
    famous
    places.My
    friend
    Nancy
    loves
    to
    visit
    Dubai.She
    thinks
    it’s
    a
    good
    place
    for
    shopping.She
    says
    that
    there
    are
    various
    exciting
    places
    for
    sightseeing
    and
    nice
    hotels
    to
    stay
    over.Jack
    tells
    me
    that
    he
    wants
    to
    visit
    Australia
    if
    he
    can
    afford
    both
    time
    and
    money.He
    has
    never
    been
    to
    Australia,
    but
    he
    has
    heard
    a
    lot
    about
    the
    beautiful
    country
    with
    long
    beautiful
    clean
    beaches.What
    about
    you?
    Which
    country
    of
    place
    do
    you
    want
    to
    visit
    next
    time?
    Information
    Card
    Different
    People
    Different
    Places
    Different
    ReasonsThe
    writer
    (81)________________
    Wants
    to
    visit
    the
    DDR
    Museum
    and
    some
    of
    the
    other
    famous
    place.
    Nancy

    Dubai

    It’s
    a
    good
    place
    for
    (82)____________.There
    are
    exciting
    places
    for
    (83)____________
    and
    nice
    hotels
    to
    stay
    over.
    Jack

    (84)________________
    It’s
    a
    beautiful
    country
    with
    long
    beautiful
    (85)________________.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    你热爱旅游吗?你最向往的旅游胜地是哪里?请根据你对该地的了解及自己的想法写一篇短文。
    内容提示:
    1.What
    famous
    place
    do
    you
    want
    to
    visit?
    2.Why
    do
    you
    want
    to
    visit
    it?
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________Unit
    8 标准检测
    (时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.What
    is
    the
    speaker
    talking
    about?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.What
    is
    Maria
    doing?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.What
    did
    the
    man
    do?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.What
    will
    John
    buy?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )5.What
    does
    Kate
    usually
    do
    after
    supper?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.What
    does
    the
    girl
    think
    makes
    the
    boy’s
    ears
    hurt?

    A.The
    loud
    music.

    B.A
    traffic
    accident.

    C.The
    machine.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.Where
    is
    the
    girl
    going
    this
    afternoon?

    A.To
    the
    beach.
    B.To
    the
    zoo.

    C.To
    the
    park.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.What
    does
    the
    woman
    mean?

    A.She’s
    glad
    to
    hear
    that.

    B.She’s
    sad
    to
    hear
    that.

    C.She’s
    sorry
    to
    hear
    that.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.Why
    does
    the
    man
    want
    to
    be
    a
    volunteer?

    A.Because
    he
    wants
    to
    watch
    the
    game.

    B.Because
    he
    wants
    to
    help
    other
    people.

    C.Because
    he
    wants
    to
    be
    a
    guide.

    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.Why
    does
    Lin
    Tao
    want
    to
    leave
    there?

    A.Because
    of
    noise
    pollution.
    B.Because
    of
    water
    pollution.

    C.Because
    of
    air
    pollution.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.What’s
    Jack’s
    favorite
    animal?

    A.Dogs.
    B.Cows.C.Rabbits.
    (  )12.Why
    does
    the
    girl
    like
    rabbits
    best?

    A.Because
    they’re
    dangerous.

    B.Because
    they’re
    the
    cutest.

    C.Because
    they’re
    the
    cleverest.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.What
    does
    the
    girl
    see?

    A.A
    fish.
    B.A
    tiger.
    C.A
    whale.
    (  )14.Why
    can’t
    we
    call
    whales
    fish?

    A.Because
    they
    can’t
    swim.

    B.Because
    they
    give
    birth
    to
    their
    babies
    like
    tigers
    and
    pandas.

    C.Because
    they
    are
    much
    bigger
    than
    fish.
    (  )15.How
    many
    kinds
    of
    animals
    are
    they
    talking
    about?

    A.Three.
    B.Four.

    C.Five.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.This
    story
    tells
    us
    about
    a
    ________.

    A.special
    class

    B.young
    teacher

    C.beautiful
    woman

    (  )17.Tina
    was
    ________years
    old
    when
    she
    started
    teaching.A.22
    B.15
    C.10

    (  )18.Tina
    wanted
    to
    help
    children
    who
    can’t
    ________.A.hear
    B.see
    C.play

    (  )19.Tina
    learned
    to
    talk
    with
    the
    children
    by
    using
    ________.A.hands
    B.mouth
    C.eyes

    (  )20.Tina
    teaches
    the
    children
    ________.A.on
    weekdaysB.on
    weekendsC.every
    day

    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一个小故事,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。
    Where
    Jack
    worked
    In
    a
    small
    (21)________.
    Where
    to
    go
    (22)________.
    How
    to
    go
    there
    By
    (23)________.
    How
    long
    he
    found
    the
    office
    More
    than
    one
    (24)________.
    Who
    helped
    him
    the
    second
    time
    An
    old
    (25)________.
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)

    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.—Attention,
    please.The
    plane
    has
    to
    be
    ________
    because
    of
    the
    heavy
    rain.

    —Oh,
    bad
    luck!
    We
    have
    to
    wait
    now.

    A.put
    on
    B.put
    offC.put
    up
    D.put
    away
    (  )27.Not
    only
    ________
    she
    like
    English,
    but
    she
    likes
    Chinese.

    A.does
    B.did
    C./

    D.is

    (  )28.Now,
    the
    important
    thing
    is
    to
    ________
    the
    way
    to
    solve
    the
    problem
    of
    pollution.

    A.come
    along
    with
    B.come
    up
    to
    C.come
    over
    with
    D.come
    up
    with
    (  )29.I
    work
    hard
    to
    work
    ________
    the
    math
    pro-blem.

    A.to
    B.outC.of
    D.on

    (  )30.The
    baby
    is
    crying.Let’s
    ________.

    A.cheer
    him
    upB.look
    him
    up

    C.work
    him
    out

    D.laugh
    at
    him
    (  )31.Could
    I
    borrow
    some
    money
    from
    you?
    I’ve
    ________
    mine.

    A.put
    up
    B.fixed
    up

    C.run
    out
    of
    D.set
    up

    (  )32.Not
    only
    Mary
    but
    also
    I
    ________
    from
    Canada.

    A.is
    B.are
    C.amD.was
    (  )33.He
    ________
    his
    parents.He
    is
    especially
    like
    his
    mother.

    A.takes
    after

    B.looks
    after
    C.looks
    out
    of

    D.takes
    off

    (  )34.My
    watch
    is
    broken.Can
    you
    help
    me
    ________
    it
    up?

    A.mend

    B.mended
    C.fix

    D.repair
    (  )35.They
    decided
    ________
    out
    for
    the
    camp
    because
    of
    the
    rain.

    A.to
    not
    go
    B.to
    go
    not

    C.not
    to
    go
    D.go
    to
    not
    (  )36.Don’t
    put
    off________
    to
    see
    the
    doctor
    when
    you
    are
    ill.

    A.go

    B.to
    goC.goingD.gone

    (  )37.—Clean-up
    Day
    is
    only
    two
    weeks
    from
    now.How
    can
    we
    let
    more
    people
    know
    it?
    —We
    could
    ________advertisements
    after
    school.

    A.call
    upB.hand
    outC.put
    off
    D.think
    up
    (  )38.This
    kind
    of
    animal
    is
    very
    similar________
    a
    pig
    in
    appearance.

    A.withB.to

    C.at
    D.on
    (  )39.The
    computer________
    you
    bought
    for
    me
    works
    very
    well.

    A.where
    B.that
    C.whoD.what
    (  )40.The
    room
    was
    soon
    filled________
    people.

    A.withB.of
    C.outD.into

    (  )41.________Tom
    ________Mary
    speaks
    good
    Chinese,
    so
    they
    can
    communicate
    with
    these
    Chinese
    students
    very
    well.

    A.Neither;
    nor
    B.Not
    only;
    but
    also
    C.Both;
    and

    D.Either;
    or
    (  )42.Mrs.Black
    is
    a
    friend
    of
    ________.

    A.Mary’s
    mother’s
    B.Mary’s
    mother
    C.mother’s
    of
    Mary
    D.Mary
    mother’s
    (  )43.He
    always
    imagines
    ________
    the
    game
    one
    day.

    A.him
    to
    win
    B.to
    win

    C.winningD.won

    (  )44.The
    sudden
    rain
    made________
    for
    the
    singers
    to
    put
    on
    performances.

    A.that
    possible

    B.that
    impossibleC.it
    possible
    D.it
    impossible
    (  )45.________
    such
    a
    big
    room
    ________
    a
    hard
    job.

    A.Cleaning;
    is

    B.Clean;
    isC.Cleaning;
    are
    D.Cleans;
    are

    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    About
    a
    hundred
    people
    lived
    in
    a
    very
    small
    mountain
    village.It
    was
    very
    __46__
    from
    the
    other
    villages
    and
    towns.They
    had
    few
    friends
    and
    they
    got
    bad
    harvest.__47__
    of
    them
    left
    the
    village.Of
    course
    there
    was
    neither
    electricity
    (电)
    nor
    gas
    (煤气)
    there.Once
    a
    writer
    __48__
    the
    village.The
    backwardness
    (落后)
    of
    the
    village
    surprised
    him.He
    decided
    to
    __49__
    about
    it
    to
    the
    world.So
    he
    took
    the
    oldest
    villager
    to
    London.The
    old
    man
    told
    all
    about
    his
    home
    village
    to
    the
    people.Several
    months
    __50__
    he
    returned.All
    the
    villagers
    went
    to
    see
    him
    and
    asked
    him
    how
    he
    had
    enjoyed
    __51__
    in
    the
    city.
    “Everything
    is
    wonderful
    in
    __52__,”
    the
    old
    man
    said.
    “I’ve
    __53__
    to
    many
    good
    places
    and
    eaten
    all
    kinds
    of
    nice
    food
    and
    other
    things.But
    the
    trouble
    was
    I
    could
    not
    __54__
    at
    night.”
    “What
    happened
    to
    you?”
    his
    wife
    asked.
    “The
    __55__
    was
    on
    in
    my
    bedroom
    all
    the
    time.”
    “Why
    not
    blow
    it
    out,
    then?”
    “I
    tried—but
    it
    was
    inside
    a
    little
    glass
    bottle.”
    (  )46.A.closeB.farC.nearD.high
    (  )47.A.All
    B.SomeC.NoneD.Hundreds
    (  )48.A.visitedB.livedC.stayedD.got
    (  )49.A.writeB.speak

    C.sayD.tell
    (  )50.A.afterB.laterC.soonD.ago
    (  )51.A.foodB.musicC.himself

    D.traffic
    (  )52.A.town
    B.mountain

    C.villageD.London
    (  )53.A.goneB.cameC.beenD.got
    (  )54.A.sleepB.helpC.walkD.see
    (  )55.A.window

    B.radioC.lightD.TV
    set
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A

    Help
    Stray
    (走失的)
    Animals

    We
    need
    to
    raise
    money
    to
    take
    care
    of
    stray
    dogs
    and
    cats.You
    can
    also
    adopt
    (收养)
    one
    if
    you
    like
    from
    Mar.25
    to
    Apr.15.
    Please
    help!
    Animal
    Center
    e
    up
    B.showed
    up

    C.stayed
    upD.gone
    up
    (  )43.—What
    have
    the
    scientists
    found
    out?
    —They
    have
    found
    out
    how
    fat
    ________
    and
    stored.
    A.producedB.is
    produced

    C.has
    produced
    D.is
    producing
    (  )44.____
    girls
    took
    part
    in
    the
    Happy
    Girl
    Competition
    but
    only
    few
    of
    them
    succeeded.

    A.Million
    of
    B.Many
    million
    of
    C.One
    million
    ofD.Millions
    of
    (  )45.A
    letter
    from
    home
    ________
    his
    homesickness
    (思乡之情).

    A.setB.set
    out
    C.set
    off
    D.set
    in
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    We
    know
    that
    trees
    are
    useful
    in
    our
    everyday
    life.They
    __46__
    us
    many
    things,
    such
    as
    wood,
    oxygen,
    rubber,
    medicines
    and
    many
    other
    things.They
    can
    __47__
    tell
    us
    a
    lot
    about
    our
    climate.The
    following
    are
    the
    reasons.If
    you
    __48__
    a
    tree,
    you
    can
    see
    that
    it
    has
    many
    rings
    (年轮).Most
    trees
    grow
    one
    new
    ring
    __49__
    year.Because
    of
    this
    reason,
    we
    know
    __50__
    a
    tree
    is.A
    tree
    over
    a
    hundred
    years
    old
    means
    that
    it
    has
    more
    than
    a
    hundred
    __51__.When
    the
    climate
    is
    dry
    or
    very
    cold,
    the
    trees
    do
    not
    grow
    very
    much
    and
    their
    rings
    are
    usually
    __52__.When
    it
    is
    wet
    and
    warm,
    the
    rings
    are
    much
    thicker.If
    the
    rings
    are
    suddenly
    very
    thin
    or
    suddenly
    very
    thick,
    this
    means
    that
    the
    __53__
    changed
    suddenly.If
    we
    look
    at
    the
    rings
    on
    this
    tree,
    we
    can
    __54__
    about
    the
    climate
    for
    a
    hundred
    years.We
    can
    see
    __55__
    our
    climate
    is
    changing
    today.
    (  )46.A.tellB.askC.giveD.get

    (  )47.A.notB.tooC.either

    D.also

    (  )48.A.cut
    downB.climb
    up
    C.walk
    pastD.look
    at

    (  )49.A.many

    B.every
    C.firstD.all

    (  )50.A.how
    big
    B.how
    long

    C.how
    old
    D.how
    much

    (  )51.A.treesB.leaves
    C.people

    D.rings

    (  )52.A.big
    B.thin

    C.small

    D.thick

    (  )53.A.climate
    B.trees
    C.things

    D.animal

    (  )54.A.seeB.read
    C.learn
    D.wait

    (  )55.A.how

    B.why
    C.when
    D.while

    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A
    The
    University
    of
    Paris
    The
    University
    of
    Paris
    is
    in
    the
    capital
    of
    France,
    one
    of
    the
    liveliest
    cities
    in
    Europe.It
    was
    set
    up
    in
    1090
    with
    the
    second
    longest
    history
    in
    the
    world.It
    is
    one
    of
    the
    best
    universities
    in
    Europe
    and
    in
    the
    world.
    The
    University
    of
    Oxford
    The
    University
    of
    Oxford,
    one
    of
    the
    world’s
    best
    universities,
    is
    in
    Oxford,
    UK.It
    is
    the
    third
    oldest
    university
    in
    the
    world
    and
    the
    oldest
    university
    in
    the
    English-speaking
    countries
    from
    1096.About
    20,000
    students
    are
    studying
    there.
    Harvard
    University
    Harvard
    University,
    one
    of
    the
    best
    universities
    in
    USA
    and
    in
    the
    world,
    is
    in
    Cambridge,
    Massachusetts,
    USA.It
    was
    set
    up
    in
    1636.It
    has
    the
    second
    largest
    library
    in
    the
    country.There
    are
    about
    21,000
    students
    studying
    there.
    Beijing
    University
    Beijing
    University
    is
    in
    Beijing,
    the
    capital
    of
    China.It
    was
    set
    up
    in
    1898.It
    is
    one
    of
    the
    oldest
    and
    biggest
    universities
    in
    China,
    with
    about
    30,000
    students.It
    is
    also
    one
    of
    the
    best
    universities
    in
    China
    and
    in
    the
    world.(  )56.When
    was
    Beijing
    University
    set
    up?A.In
    1090.
    B.In
    1096.

    C.In
    1636.
    D.In
    1898.
    (  )57.The
    University
    of
    Oxford
    is
    in
    ________.A.France

    B.UK
    C.USA

    D.China
    (  )58.Which
    university
    has
    the
    second
    largest
    library
    in
    its
    country?A.The
    University
    of
    Paris.
    B.The
    University
    of
    Oxford.C.Harvard
    University.
    D.Beijing
    University.
    (  )59.The
    university
    who
    has
    the
    longest
    history
    of
    the
    four
    is
    ________.A.the
    University
    of
    ParisB.the
    University
    of
    OxfordC.Harvard
    UniversityD.Beijing
    University
    (  )60.How
    many
    universities
    of
    them
    are
    in
    Europe?

    A.One.B.Two.

    C.Three.

    D.Four.
    B
    Carl
    lost
    his
    job
    and
    had
    little
    money.He
    found
    his
    neighbor’s
    rooms
    were
    full
    of
    antiques
    (古董).“Why
    haven’t
    I
    got
    an
    antique
    vase?
    I
    could
    sell
    it
    for
    a
    lot
    of
    money,”
    he
    thought.
    Carl
    had
    an
    old
    gun.It
    had
    been
    his
    great-grandfather’s
    (曾祖父)
    favorite
    thing.He
    wanted
    to
    hide
    the
    gun
    under
    his
    coat,
    but
    it
    was
    too
    long
    so
    he
    cut
    the
    end
    off.
    The
    next
    morning
    the
    professor
    left
    home.Carl
    broke
    the
    window
    and
    entered
    the
    house.He
    reached
    his
    hands
    to
    a
    big
    vase
    when
    he
    heard
    a
    noise.It
    was
    the
    professor.He
    had
    forgotten
    to
    take
    an
    important
    document.Carl
    became
    afraid
    and
    pulled
    out
    the
    gun.“I
    haven’t
    stolen
    anything.I
    just
    want
    to
    go
    away
    or
    I
    will
    shoot,”
    cried
    Carl.“With
    that
    gun?”
    asked
    the
    professor.
    He
    said,
    “You
    can’t
    shoot
    with
    that
    antique
    gun.”
    “Is
    this
    really
    an
    antique
    gun?”
    asked
    Carl.“How
    much
    is
    it
    worth?”
    “It
    was
    worth
    about
    17,000
    dollars,”
    said
    the
    professor.“But
    now
    you
    can
    get
    only
    10
    dollars
    for
    it
    because
    its
    end
    is
    missing.”
    (  )61.Carl
    wanted
    to
    steal
    because
    ________.A.he
    was
    interested
    in
    antique
    vases

    B.he
    wanted
    to
    have
    funC.he
    lost
    his
    job
    and
    had
    little
    money
    D.he
    hated
    his
    neighbor
    very
    much
    (  )62.He
    cut
    the
    end
    of
    the
    gun
    off
    because
    ________.A.the
    gun
    was
    uselessB.the
    gun
    was
    too
    long
    for
    him
    to
    hideC.the
    end
    cost
    a
    lot
    of
    money
    D.the
    end
    was
    broken
    (  )63.Why
    wasn’t
    the
    professor
    afraid
    of
    the
    gun?A.He
    thought
    that
    Carl
    dared
    (敢)
    not
    shoot.B.He
    had
    a
    gun
    too.C.He
    knew
    it
    was
    an
    antique
    gun.
    D.He
    had
    called
    the
    police.
    (  )64.This
    antique
    gun
    cost
    only
    ten
    dollars
    now
    because
    ________.A.Carl
    had
    cut
    its
    end
    offB.the
    gun
    was
    too
    oldC.the
    gun
    was
    not
    a
    real
    antique
    gunD.the
    gun
    was
    not
    old
    enough
    (  )65.Carl
    would
    ________.

    A.be
    very
    happy
    B.be
    proud
    of
    his
    great-grandfatherC.feel
    excitedD.feel
    sorry
    about
    his
    behavior

    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五种中学生看电视的情况,右栏是七位专家的建议。请将这五种情况与相应的建议配对。
    (  )66.In
    a
    national
    education
    study,
    students
    say
    they
    spend
    4
    times
    as
    many
    hours
    each
    week
    watching
    television
    as
    doing
    homework.
    (  )67.Children
    who
    are
    heavy
    TV
    viewers
    (over
    3
    hours
    per
    day)
    show
    the
    greatest
    decline
    (下降)
    in
    reading
    ability.
    (  )68.A
    study
    finds
    that
    a
    television
    on
    during
    homework
    time
    interferes
    (干扰)
    the
    students
    with
    the
    skills
    and
    information
    in
    doing
    their
    homework.
    (  )69.Children
    who
    watched
    informative,
    educational
    television
    when
    they
    are
    pre-school
    students,
    watch
    more
    informative
    television
    as
    they
    get
    older
    and
    use
    television
    as
    a
    complement
    (补充)
    to
    school.
    (  )70.Researchers
    find
    that
    many
    students
    don’t
    know
    what
    kinds
    of
    programs
    they
    should
    watch.They
    often
    watch
    some
    programs
    that
    are
    not
    suitable
    (合适的)
    for
    them.
    A.We
    suggest
    that
    total
    television
    time
    should
    be
    limited
    to
    no
    more
    than
    1
    to
    2
    hours
    per
    day.Students
    should
    spend
    more
    time
    doing
    homework.
    B.Parents
    should
    choose
    programs
    according
    to
    the
    age
    of
    the
    child.Not
    all
    the
    programs
    are
    suitable
    for
    all
    the
    children.
    C.Children
    shouldn’t
    watch
    television
    for
    a
    long
    time
    after
    they
    have
    finished
    homework.They
    should
    go
    to
    bed
    before
    10
    every
    night.
    D.To
    improve
    reading
    skills,
    support
    your
    child
    with
    reading
    practice
    and
    limit
    television
    watching.
    E.Homework
    should
    be
    finished
    away
    from
    a
    background
    of
    television.Students
    can
    hardly
    do
    their
    homework
    well
    with
    the
    interference
    of
    television.
    F.Parents
    should
    help
    children
    watch
    more
    educational
    television
    programs
    in
    their
    pre-school
    period.
    G.We
    suggest
    that
    pre-school
    students
    should
    not
    be
    allowed
    to
    watch
    television.Parents
    can
    rad
    more
    to
    them
    and
    play
    games
    with
    them.
    五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。The
    sky
    is
    full
    of
    fish
    and
    animals.But
    they
    are
    not
    real
    fish
    and
    animals.They
    are
    (71)______.
    It
    is
    Kite
    Day.Many
    people
    are
    flying
    kites
    in
    parks.Some
    are
    children,
    and
    some
    are
    adults.They
    are
    all
    having
    a
    (72)________
    time.Kite
    festivals
    now
    have
    become
    a
    popular
    form
    of
    entertainment
    throughout
    the
    world.
    Kites
    were
    used
    about
    2,800
    years
    (73)________
    in
    China.Once
    people
    believed
    kites
    could
    carry
    their
    thoughts
    (74)________
    the
    gods.Many
    people
    flew
    kites
    over
    their
    houses
    at
    night.They
    thought
    this
    kept
    them
    safe
    (75)________
    all
    bad
    things.
    Kites
    are
    fun.But
    they
    also
    have
    been
    of
    great
    help
    to
    (76)________.
    Men
    have
    (77)________
    kites
    for
    learning
    more
    about
    weather.People
    have
    used
    kites
    in
    building
    bridges.Heavy
    wire
    cables
    for
    bridges
    have
    (78)________
    pulled
    across
    water
    with
    the
    use
    of
    kites.
    Years
    ago,
    (79)________
    great
    American
    put
    a
    key
    on
    a
    kite.He
    wanted
    to
    know
    more
    about
    lightning.Do
    you
    know
    (80)________
    he
    was?
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    One
    morning,
    I
    was
    going
    to
    be
    late
    for
    work,
    so
    I
    had
    to
    send
    kids
    to
    the
    sitter.I
    was
    so
    worried
    that
    I
    just
    drove
    like
    a
    crazy
    person.The
    kids
    were
    arguing
    with
    each
    other,
    which
    made
    me
    crazier.When
    I
    got
    to
    the
    railway
    tracks
    (轨道),
    I
    found
    some
    workers
    were
    repairing
    them,
    AGAIN!
    So
    I
    waited
    for
    a
    few
    minutes.Finally
    after
    staying
    there
    for
    about
    10
    minutes
    like
    a
    moron
    (傻子),
    I
    found
    I
    could
    get
    turned
    around
    in
    someone’s
    grass
    before
    me!
    Then
    I
    got
    back
    down
    the
    road
    in
    the
    other
    direction.My
    son
    kept
    saying,
    “You
    are
    going
    to
    be
    late.”
    He
    had
    said
    that
    ten
    times!!!
    Then
    what
    happened?
    Yeah,
    a
    bird
    flew
    right
    and
    hit
    my
    windshield
    (挡风玻璃)
    .It
    bounced
    off
    (弹回)
    and
    normally
    I
    would
    feel
    sad
    about
    this,
    but
    I
    was
    so
    busy
    today.My
    kids
    were
    all
    sitting
    there
    quietly
    and
    were
    afraid
    to
    speak.Finally
    my
    son
    said
    in
    a
    low
    voice,
    “Geez,
    I
    hope
    that
    bird
    is
    okay.”
    I
    couldn’t
    help
    but
    laugh.
    Information
    Card
    A
    bad
    day
    How
    to
    deal
    with
    the
    kids
    She
    had
    to
    (81)________________
    them
    to
    the
    sitter.
    What
    happened
    to
    the
    road
    The
    railway
    tracks
    (82)________________
    and
    some
    workers
    were
    repairing
    them.They
    stayed
    there
    for
    about
    (83)_____________.Her
    son
    was
    always
    saying
    she
    was
    going
    to
    (84)__________________.
    (85)________________
    hit
    the
    windshield
    and
    bounced
    off.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    请根据以下内容写一篇题为“My
    Bad
    Day”的短文。
    内容包括:
    1.昨天下午出发去机场接朋友,车子中途抛锚,到达时朋友已在机场等了两小时;
    2.请朋友去饭店吃晚餐,却发现钱包忘在了家里,最后朋友付了钱;
    3.回到自己家里发现热水器坏了,只好洗了个冷水澡。
    参考词汇:热水器water
    heater
    X
    kb
    1.
    C
    om
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________Unit
    11 标准检测(时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.What
    present
    can
    Sarah
    receive
    on
    her
    birthday?A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.Where
    was
    the
    speaker
    reading
    when
    the
    movie
    star
    came
    to
    the
    school?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.What
    is
    the
    speaker
    talking
    about?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.Who
    wears
    uniforms?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )5.What’s
    Jim’s
    father?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.How
    will
    the
    woman
    go
    to
    the
    office
    station?

    A.On
    foot.
    B.By
    bus.
    C.By
    train.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。

    (  )7.What
    will
    the
    woman
    probably
    do
    next?

    A.Go
    with
    the
    man.

    B.Go
    to
    the
    hospital.

    C.Ask
    the
    policeman
    for
    help.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.How
    long
    has
    the
    man
    been
    here?

    A.3
    years.B.2
    years.
    C.5
    years.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.When
    will
    the
    next
    flight
    take
    off?

    A.At
    9:20.
    B.At
    9:50.
    C.At
    9:40.
    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.How
    much
    will
    the
    man
    pay
    if
    he
    takes
    all
    the
    apples?

    A.42
    yuan.

    B.35
    yuan.C.30
    yuan.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.What
    are
    they
    going
    to
    do
    this
    weekend?

    A.Plant
    grass.

    B.Have
    a
    picnic.

    C.Buy
    a
    camera.
    (  )12.What
    will
    Linda
    take
    that
    day?

    A.Some
    food.

    B.Some
    photos.

    C.Her
    camera.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.Who
    has
    lost
    the
    way?

    A.Linda.
    B.Mike.
    C.Linda
    and
    Mike.
    (  )14.Where
    is
    Mike
    now?

    A.He
    is
    near
    a
    hospital.

    B.He
    is
    in
    City
    Hall.

    C.He
    is
    at
    Hall
    Street.
    (  )15.How
    will
    Mike
    drive
    his
    car
    to
    the
    City
    Hall
    at
    last?

    A.He
    will
    turn
    left
    at
    the
    second
    corner.

    B.He
    will
    turn
    left
    at
    the
    third
    corner.

    C.He
    will
    turn
    right
    at
    the
    third
    corner.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.There
    are
    ________
    kinds
    of
    paper
    today.

    A.7,000
    B.more
    than
    7,000
    C.700
    (  )17.The
    paper
    is
    made
    from
    ________.

    A.rice,
    cotton,
    trees
    and
    plants
    B.only
    trees
    C.only
    trees
    and
    cotton
    (  )18.The
    paper
    was
    invented
    ________.

    A.before
    the
    2nd
    century

    B.in
    the
    2nd
    century
    C.in
    the
    9th
    century
    (  )19.People
    put
    the
    outside
    covering
    of
    a
    tree
    and
    old
    piece
    of
    cloth
    ________
    before
    they
    made
    paper.

    A.in
    the
    clothB.in
    the
    treeC.in
    the
    water
    (  )20.The
    foreign
    countries
    knew
    how
    to
    make
    paper
    ________.

    A.after
    the
    war
    B.in
    the
    19th
    century

    C.during
    the
    war
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一篇有关School
    Trip的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。
    School
    Trip
    Place
    to
    visit
    (21)________
    Time
    to
    leave
    At
    (22)________
    Place
    to
    meet
    In
    the
    car
    (23)________
    Cost
    (24)________
    dollars
    Things
    to
    take
    A
    pencil
    and
    a
    (25)________
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.I
    hear
    that
    Susan
    has
    finished
    her
    ________
    most
    successful
    book.

    A./B.the
    C.aD.its
    (  )27.—Could
    you
    tell
    me
    ________?
    —Sure.Go
    straight
    along
    the
    street
    and
    turn
    right
    at
    the
    first
    crossing.

    A.where
    is
    the
    post
    office

    B.how
    can
    I
    get
    to
    the
    post
    office

    C.how
    I
    can
    get
    to
    the
    post
    office

    D.when
    the
    bus
    leaves
    (  )28.Could
    you
    show
    me
    ________
    shoes?

    A.how
    to
    mend

    B.what
    to
    buy

    C.to
    mend
    how

    D.to
    buy
    what
    (  )29.There’s
    a
    bookstore
    ________
    the
    fifth
    floor.

    A.onB.at

    C.in
    D.about
    (  )30.He
    said
    that
    light
    ________
    much
    faster
    than
    sound.

    A.traveledB.will
    travel

    C.travelsD.has
    traveled
    (  )31.Go
    ________
    the
    bus
    station
    and
    turn
    left
    onto
    Renmin
    Road.

    A.passB.passed

    C.passingD.past
    (  )32.The
    street
    is
    ________
    quiet
    at
    this
    time
    in
    the
    evening.

    A.muchB.kind
    of
    C.kind
    D.kinds
    of
    (  )33.—Look!A
    blind
    man
    is
    in
    the
    middle
    of
    the
    street.It’s
    too
    dangerous.
    —Let’s
    go
    and
    help
    him
    go
    ________
    the
    road.

    A.throughB.along
    C.across
    D.over
    (  )34.—Can
    I
    ________
    two
    books
    together?
    —Of
    course
    you
    can.But
    you
    can
    only
    ________
    them
    for
    one
    week.

    A.lend;
    keep
    B.lend;
    borrow

    C.borrow;
    keep
    D.borrow;
    borrow
    (  )35.Could
    you
    please
    ________
    the
    story?

    A.tell
    me
    B.to
    tell
    me

    C.told
    me
    D.telling
    me
    (  )36.Some
    kids
    ________
    watching
    TV
    ________
    playing
    outside.

    A.prefer;
    to
    B.would
    rather;
    than

    C.like;
    better

    D.like;
    less
    (  )37.They
    talked
    in
    a
    very
    low
    voice
    ________
    not
    to
    be
    heard.

    A.so
    that

    B.in
    order
    that

    C.so
    order

    D.in
    order
    (  )38.His
    car
    is
    ________
    mine,
    but
    it
    drives
    ________
    mine.

    A.not
    so
    new
    as;
    as
    fast
    as

    B.as
    new
    as;
    as
    fast
    as

    C.not
    so
    new
    as;
    not
    so
    fast
    as

    D.as
    new
    as;
    as
    faster
    as
    (  )39.I
    live
    next
    to
    Huapu
    Supermarket.It’s
    very
    ________.

    A.beautiful
    B.clean

    C.delicious
    D.convenient
    (  )40.________
    important
    ________
    us
    to
    learn
    from
    each
    other
    and
    help
    each
    other.

    A.This’s;
    forB.That’s;
    of

    C.It’s;
    for
    D.It’s;
    of

    (  )41.Is
    your
    son
    old
    enough
    to
    ________
    himself?

    A.wear
    B.dressC.put
    on

    D.have
    on
    (  )42.It’s
    a
    good
    game
    ________.A.to
    playingB.to
    be
    played
    C.to
    play

    D.to
    plays

    (  )43.When
    I
    got
    to
    the
    cinema,
    they
    ________
    already.

    A.had
    arrived
    B.arrive

    C.are
    arriving
    D.arrived

    (  )44.He
    likes
    to
    ________
    his
    classmates
    after
    school.

    A.hang
    off
    B.hang
    out
    C.hang
    off
    with
    D.hang
    out
    with(  )45.The
    staff
    ________
    there
    and
    wait.

    A.goes
    B.go
    C.went
    D.going

    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    From
    Monday
    to
    Friday,
    most
    people
    are
    busy
    working
    or
    studying.But
    in
    the
    evenings
    and
    weekends,
    they
    are
    __46__
    and
    enjoy
    themselves.Some
    watch
    television
    or
    go
    to
    the
    cinema,
    others
    __47__
    sports.This
    is
    decided
    by
    their
    own
    interests.
    There
    are
    many
    different
    ways
    to
    spend
    our
    free
    time.Almost
    everyone
    has
    some
    kinds
    of
    hobbies:
    it
    may
    be
    something
    from
    __48__
    stamps
    to
    making
    model
    planes.Some
    hobbies
    are
    very
    expensive,
    but
    others
    don’t
    cost
    anything
    __49__.Some
    collections
    are
    worth
    a
    lot
    of
    money,
    but
    others
    are
    valuable
    only
    to
    their
    owners.
    I
    know
    a
    man
    who
    has
    a
    __50__
    collection
    worth
    several
    thousand
    dollars.A
    short
    time
    ago,
    he
    bought
    an
    unusual
    fifty-cent
    piece
    which
    __51__
    him
    $250!
    He
    was
    very
    happy
    about
    it
    and
    thought
    the
    price
    was
    all
    right.On
    the
    other
    hand,
    my
    youngest
    brother
    collects
    __52__.He
    has
    almost
    600
    of
    them,
    but
    I
    wonder
    if
    they
    are
    worth
    any
    money.__53__,
    to
    my
    brother,
    they
    are
    quite
    valuable.__54__
    makes
    him
    happier
    than
    to
    find
    a
    new
    match
    box
    for
    his
    collection.
    That’s
    what
    a
    hobby
    means,
    I
    think.It
    is
    something
    we
    __55__
    to
    do
    in
    our
    free
    time.The
    value
    in
    dollars
    is
    not
    important,
    but
    the
    pleasure
    it
    gives
    us
    is.

    (  )46.A.lucky

    B.cleverC.funny

    D.free

    (  )47.A.think
    about
    B.joinC.take
    part
    in
    D.take
    care
    of(  )48.A.collecting

    B.gettingC.printing
    D.making

    (  )49.A.first
    of
    all

    B.at
    all
    C.after
    all
    D.in
    all

    (  )50.A.book

    B.cloth
    C.stamp
    D.coin

    (  )51.A.spend
    B.took

    C.cost

    D.waste

    (  )52.A.stamps
    B.match
    boxes

    C.pens
    D.model
    planes

    (  )53.A.SoB.However

    C.Because

    D.But

    (  )54.A.Nothing

    B.Everything
    C.Anything
    D.Something

    (  )55.A.have
    B.need

    C.enjoy
    D.like
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A(  )56.The
    above
    reading
    is
    ________.

    A.a
    picture
    of
    buildings
    B.a
    map
    of
    place

    C.a
    list
    of
    buildings’
    names
    D.a
    report
    about
    a
    place
    (  )57.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    the
    farthest
    from
    the
    school?

    A.The
    zoo.

    B.The
    park.

    C.The
    theater.
    D.The
    restaurant.
    (  )58.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    the
    nearest
    from
    Bus
    Station?A.The
    school.
    B.The
    post
    office.

    C.The
    gym.

    D.The
    theater.
    (  )59.The
    place
    on
    Haimen
    and
    opposite
    to
    Clothing
    Shop
    is
    ________.

    A.the
    library
    B.the
    parkC.the
    theater
    D.the
    restaurant
    (  )60.We
    can
    see
    clearly
    the
    bookstore
    is
    ________.

    A.opposite
    to
    the
    supermarketB.next
    to
    the
    bus
    stationC.beside
    the
    school
    D.behind
    the
    hospital
    B
    Dick
    lived
    in
    England.One
    day
    in
    January
    he
    said
    to
    his
    wife,
    “I’m
    going
    to
    fly
    to
    New
    York
    next
    week
    because
    I’ve
    got
    some
    work
    there.”
    “Where
    are
    you
    going
    to
    stay
    there?”
    his
    wife
    asked.“I
    don’t
    know
    yet,”
    Dick
    answered.“Please
    send
    me
    your
    address
    from
    there
    in
    a
    telegram
    (电报),”
    his
    wife
    said.“All
    right,”
    Dick
    answered.
    He
    flew
    to
    New
    York
    on
    January
    31st
    and
    found
    a
    nice
    hotel
    in
    the
    center
    of
    the
    city.He
    put
    his
    things
    in
    his
    room
    and
    then
    he
    sent
    his
    wife
    a
    telegram.He
    put
    the
    address
    of
    his
    hotel
    in
    it.
    In
    the
    evening
    he
    didn’t
    have
    any
    work,
    so
    he
    went
    to
    a
    cinema.He
    came
    out
    at
    nine
    o’clock
    and
    said,
    “Now
    I’m
    going
    back
    to
    my
    hotel
    and
    have
    a
    nice
    dinner.”
    He
    found
    a
    taxi
    and
    the
    driver
    said,
    “Where
    do
    you
    want
    to
    go?”
    But
    Dick
    didn’t
    remember
    the
    name
    and
    address
    of
    his
    hotel.
    “Which
    hotel
    are
    my
    things
    in?”
    he
    said,
    “And
    what
    am
    I
    going
    to
    do
    tonight?”
    But
    the
    driver
    of
    the
    taxi
    did
    not
    know.So
    Dick
    got
    out
    and
    went
    into
    a
    post
    office.There
    he
    sent
    his
    wife
    another
    telegram,
    and
    in
    it
    he
    wrote,
    “Please
    send
    me
    my
    address
    to
    this
    post
    office.”
    (  )61.Dick
    flew
    to
    New
    York
    because
    ________.A.he
    went
    there
    for
    a
    holiday

    B.he
    had
    work
    thereC.he
    went
    there
    for
    sightseeing
    D.his
    home
    was
    there
    (  )62.Where
    did
    Dick
    stay
    in
    New
    York?A.In
    the
    center
    of
    the
    village.

    B.In
    a
    hotel.C.In
    a
    restaurant.
    D.At
    his
    friend’s
    house.
    (  )63.Who
    would
    send
    him
    the
    name
    and
    address
    of
    his
    hotel?A.The
    manager
    of
    his
    hotel.B.The
    police
    office.C.The
    taxi
    driver.D.His
    wife.
    (  )64.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    NOT
    true?A.Dick
    stayed
    at
    a
    nice
    hotel
    in
    the
    center
    of
    the
    city.B.Dick
    didn’t
    work
    on
    the
    first
    night
    of
    his
    arrival.C.Dick
    forgot
    to
    send
    his
    wife
    a
    telegram.
    D.Dick
    wanted
    to
    go
    back
    to
    his
    hotel
    in
    a
    taxi.
    (  )65.Why
    did
    Dick
    forget
    the
    address?

    A.The
    film
    was
    so
    interesting
    that
    Dick
    forgot
    the
    address.B.The
    address
    was
    too
    difficult
    to
    remember.C.No
    one
    knows
    where
    the
    hotel
    was.
    D.Maybe
    Dick
    is
    a
    careless
    man.
    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五个节目的内容说明,右栏是七个节目名称。请将这五个节目说明与相对应的名称配对。
    (  )66.When
    you
    need
    help
    with
    your
    homework,
    go
    to
    the
    library.You
    may
    find
    magazines,
    newspapers,
    and
    big
    dictionaries
    there.They
    can
    always
    help
    you.
    (  )67.For
    families
    with
    children,
    an
    important
    problem
    is
    to
    get
    the
    children
    away
    from
    TV
    and
    let
    them
    do
    their
    homework.
    (  )68.Even
    if
    you
    could
    buy
    the
    world,
    you
    couldn’t
    buy
    a
    happy
    family,
    good
    friends,
    or
    knowledge.
    (  )69.The
    Lost
    World
    is
    an
    exciting
    American
    film.People,
    especially
    school
    students,
    may
    like
    it.
    (  )70.People
    will
    grow
    plants
    and
    vegetables
    in
    the
    sea
    in
    about
    50
    years.
    A.
    Money
    isn’t
    Everything
    B.American
    Films
    C.Ancient
    History
    D.Farms
    in
    the
    Future
    E.Study
    Tools
    F.Wild
    Island
    G.Parents’
    Trouble
    五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。
    Mr.Smith
    lived
    in
    the
    country,
    but
    he
    worked
    in
    an
    office
    in
    a
    big
    city.So
    he
    went
    to
    work
    (71)________
    train
    every
    morning
    and
    came
    home
    in
    the
    same
    way.
    One
    morning
    he
    was
    (72)________
    his
    newspaper
    on
    the
    train
    when
    (73)________
    man
    sitting
    behind
    him,
    who
    Mr.Smith
    had
    never
    met
    before,
    leaned
    (倾斜)
    forward,
    tapped
    (拍打)
    him
    on
    the
    shoulder
    and
    spoke
    to
    (74)________.The
    man
    said,
    “You’re
    not
    leading
    a
    very
    interesting
    life,
    are
    you?
    You
    get
    on
    the
    same
    (75)________
    at
    the
    station
    at
    the
    same
    time
    every
    morning,
    and
    you
    always
    sit
    in
    the
    same
    seat
    and
    read
    the
    same
    newspaper.Life
    is
    always
    the
    (76)________.”
    Mr.Smith
    put
    his
    paper
    (77)________,
    turned
    around,
    and
    said
    to
    the
    man
    angrily,
    “Who
    are
    you?
    How
    do
    you
    know
    all
    these
    things
    (78)________
    me?”
    “(79)________
    I’m
    always
    sitting
    in
    this
    seat
    behind
    you,”
    the
    man
    answered.
    “This
    morning,
    I
    thought
    it
    would
    be
    good
    to
    (80)________
    hello.”
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    For
    many
    of
    us,
    the
    real
    stress
    begins
    when
    a
    test
    actually
    starts.Here
    are
    some
    important
    ways
    to
    manage
    stress
    and
    help
    you
    do
    your
    best
    in
    an
    exam.
    Show
    up
    on
    time.Get
    to
    the
    examination
    room
    on
    time.Arriving
    late
    might
    make
    you
    feel
    rushed
    and
    nervous,
    and
    arriving
    too
    early
    could
    give
    you
    time
    to
    sit
    there
    and
    worry
    about
    things.
    Accept
    (接受)
    a
    little
    bit
    of
    stress.Don’t
    worry
    if
    you
    still
    have
    some
    stress
    when
    you
    begin
    the
    test.The
    key
    is
    to
    accept
    it.Tell
    yourself,
    “I’m
    a
    little
    worried,
    but
    that’s
    okay.I’m
    going
    to
    do
    well
    in
    this
    test
    because
    I’m
    prepared.”
    Concentrate
    (集中)
    your
    mind
    on
    your
    paper.Don’t
    look
    at
    the
    students
    around
    you.Because
    if
    they’re
    nervous,
    it
    could
    make
    you
    nervous,
    and
    if
    they’re
    confident-looking,
    it
    could
    make
    you
    wonder
    why
    it’s
    so
    easy
    for
    them.
    Use
    all
    your
    time.If
    you
    finish
    the
    test
    before
    the
    time
    is
    up,
    don’t
    sit
    there
    doing
    nothing.Go
    back
    to
    the
    questions,
    especially
    the
    ones
    that
    seem
    hard,
    and
    check
    your
    work.
    Once
    the
    test
    is
    over,
    try
    not
    to
    think
    about
    it.Hang
    out
    with
    your
    friends,
    or
    spend
    an
    afternoon
    doing
    something
    that
    makes
    your
    happy.You
    can’t
    do
    anything
    to
    change
    your
    grade
    and
    more
    tests
    will
    come
    along
    soon.So
    just
    enjoy
    the
    fact
    that
    you
    have
    finished
    one!
    Information
    Card
    How
    to
    Manage
    Stress
    in
    an
    Exam
    Show
    up
    on
    time
    Don’t
    get
    to
    the
    examination
    room
    too
    late
    or
    (81)____________.
    Accept
    a
    little
    bit
    of
    stress
    Accept
    the
    stress.Tell
    yourself,
    “I’m
    going
    to
    (82)______________
    in
    this
    test
    because
    I’m
    prepared.”
    Concentrate
    your
    mind
    on
    your
    paper
    Don’t
    (83)________________
    the
    students
    around
    you.
    Use
    all
    your
    time
    When
    you
    finish
    the
    test,
    go
    back
    to
    the
    questions,
    especially
    the
    ones
    that
    seem
    hard,
    and
    (84)________________.
    Don’t
    think
    about
    it
    after
    the
    exam
    Hang
    out
    with
    your
    friends,
    or
    spend
    an
    afternoon
    doing
    something
    that
    make
    you
    feel
    (85)________________.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    作为中学生,你一定参加过无数次考试,你是如何解决考试带给你的紧张感的?请根据上文,结合自己的亲身经历写一篇短文。
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________Unit
    12 标准检测(时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.Which
    film
    does
    the
    man’s
    cousin
    like?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.What
    is
    Lucy
    used
    to
    eating
    with
    in
    China?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.Who
    should
    young
    people
    help?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.What’s
    the
    speaker
    talking
    about?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )5.What
    exam
    did
    the
    speaker
    do
    well
    in?
    A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.What
    are
    the
    Japanese
    supposed
    to
    do
    when
    they
    meet
    for
    the
    first
    time?

    A.To
    bow.

    B.To
    kiss.

    C.To
    shake
    hands.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.When
    do
    people
    in
    Colombia
    usually
    arrive
    if
    they
    are
    invited
    to
    a
    party
    at
    6:30?

    A.Just
    6:30.
    B.Before
    6:30.
    C.A
    little
    later
    than
    6:30.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.What’s
    Ann
    doing
    while
    eating
    noodles?

    A.Making
    a
    noise.
    B.Keeping
    quiet.
    C.Eating
    too
    slowly.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.What
    will
    the
    woman
    do
    next?

    A.Carry
    the
    books
    herself.

    B.Help
    the
    man
    carry
    the
    books.

    C.Ask
    the
    man
    to
    help
    her
    carry
    the
    books.
    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.What’s
    true
    about
    the
    woman?

    A.She
    had
    no
    work
    to
    do
    in
    Switzerland.

    B.She
    didn’t
    visit
    her
    uncle
    in
    Switzerland.

    C.She
    wrote
    an
    e-mail
    to
    thank
    her
    uncle.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.What
    happened
    to
    John?

    A.He
    had
    an
    easy
    exam.

    B.He
    may
    fail
    an
    exam.

    C.He
    lost
    interest
    in
    study.
    (  )12.What’s
    the
    girl’s
    advice
    for
    him?

    A.Try
    to
    change
    the
    result.B.Try
    to
    pay
    more
    attention
    to
    the
    exam.
    C.Try
    to
    pay
    more
    attention
    to
    the
    future
    study.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.Why
    does
    Lingling
    not
    eat
    too
    many
    peaches
    in
    summer?

    A.Because
    she
    doesn’t
    like
    peaches.

    B.Because
    eating
    too
    many
    of
    them
    may
    make
    you
    uncomfortable.

    C.Because
    they
    are
    too
    expensive.
    (  )14.What
    may
    you
    feel
    if
    you
    eat
    too
    many
    peaches?

    A.Feel
    very
    hot.
    B.Feel
    very
    angry.
    C.Feel
    very
    thirsty.
    (  )15.What
    fruit
    is
    good
    for
    people
    in
    summer?

    A.Peach.B.Pear.
    C.Apple.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.John
    has
    long
    hair
    because________.

    A.he
    likes
    long
    hair

    B.his
    hair
    always
    grows
    too
    fast

    C.his
    friends
    don’t
    ask
    him
    to
    cut
    it
    (  )17.John
    looks
    like________.

    A.strong
    but
    short

    B.big
    and
    strong

    C.short
    and
    thin
    (  )18.John’s
    friends
    don’t
    ask
    John
    to
    cut
    his
    hair
    because
    ________.

    A.they
    think
    it’s
    a
    pity
    to
    cut
    such
    long
    hairB.they’re
    afraid
    to
    tell
    him
    to
    do
    that

    C.they
    thinks
    he
    looks
    nice
    with
    the
    long
    hair
    (  )19.The
    barber
    wants
    to
    ________.

    A.clean
    John’s
    hair
    B.cut
    John’s
    hairC.make
    John
    famous

    (  )20.John’s
    answer
    means
    ________.

    A.John
    would
    be
    happy
    if
    the
    barber
    cut
    his
    hair

    B.the
    barber
    wouldn’t
    give
    John
    a
    good
    haircut

    C.if
    the
    barber
    do
    that,
    John
    would
    beat
    him
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一段有关美国宴席文化的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。
    Manners
    in
    a
    dinner
    party
    What
    to
    take
    You
    can
    take
    some
    drinks
    like
    (21)________
    juice,
    beer
    or
    something
    like
    these.
    When
    to
    arrive
    You
    should
    arrive
    on
    time
    or
    no
    more
    than
    (22)________
    minutes
    late.
    If
    you’ll
    be
    fifteen
    minutes
    late,
    you
    should
    give
    the
    host
    a
    (23)________.
    What
    to
    do
    at
    table
    Try
    to
    be
    relaxed
    and
    (24)________
    at
    table.If
    you
    can’t
    use
    knife
    and
    (25)________,
    you
    can
    watch
    others.
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.The
    man’s
    behavior
    gave
    a
    good
    impression
    to
    the
    girl
    when
    she
    saw
    him
    ________.

    A.for
    the
    first
    time
    B.the
    first
    time

    C.the
    first
    D.the
    time
    (  )27.He
    was
    pleased.He
    made
    ________
    in
    the
    English
    test.

    A.few
    mistakesB.a
    few
    mistakesC.little
    mistakesD.a
    little
    mistake
    (  )28.She
    was
    supposed________
    in
    hospital,
    but
    people
    found
    her
    in
    the
    office.

    A.to
    lie
    B.lyingC.lie
    D.lies
    (  )29.We
    ________,
    but
    the
    car
    broke
    down.

    A.should
    arrive
    earlier
    B.should
    have
    arrived
    earlier

    C.need
    arrive
    earlierD.need
    have
    arrived
    earlier
    (  )30.I
    dropped
    ________my
    aunt
    on
    the
    way
    to
    Guangzhou.

    A.onB.forC.by
    D.behind
    (  )31.It’s
    hard
    to
    let
    children
    behave
    well________.

    A.at
    the
    tableB.at
    table

    C.over
    the
    table
    D.on
    the
    table
    (  )32.The
    host
    family
    went
    out
    of
    ________
    way
    to
    make
    us
    feel
    at
    home.
    A.they
    B.them
    C.their
    D.those
    (  )33.All
    the
    cups
    are
    made
    of
    glass
    ________
    the
    black
    one.It’s
    made
    of
    metal.

    A.besides

    B.exceptC.besideD.with
    (  )34.It’s
    ________
    to
    laugh
    at
    the
    poor
    classmates.

    A.bad
    manners

    B.a
    bad
    manner

    C.good
    mannersD.a
    good
    manner

    (  )35.If
    you
    want
    to
    read
    English
    quickly,
    you
    must
    learn
    ________
    English
    words
    by
    heart
    as
    you
    can.

    A.as
    much
    B.so
    much

    C.as
    many
    D.so
    many
    (  )36.Could
    you
    please
    ________
    the
    dirt
    for
    me?

    A.leave
    offB.shake
    awayC.wipe
    offD.give
    away

    (  )37.He
    ________
    get
    home
    very
    late.But
    now
    he________
    getting
    home
    early.

    A.used
    to;
    is
    used
    toB.used
    to;
    used
    toC.is
    used
    to;
    used
    to
    D.is
    used
    to;
    is
    used
    to
    (  )38.He
    found________
    very
    difficult
    to
    speak
    in
    public.

    A.one
    B.that
    C.this
    D.it
    (  )39.—Who
    taught
    ________
    French?

    —Nobody.She
    learned
    all
    by________.

    A.herself;
    her
    B.she;
    herselfC.her;
    herselfD.her;
    she
    (  )40.I
    think
    he
    draws
    very
    well.
    ________
    he
    is
    only
    4
    years
    old.A.At
    first

    B.At
    all
    C.Above
    all
    D.After
    all

    (  )41.I
    feel
    sick
    ________
    I
    see
    such
    food.

    A.every
    time
    B.at
    every
    time

    C.at
    the
    time
    D.every
    (  )42.Four
    people
    entered
    the
    room,
    ________
    around
    carefully.

    A.look
    B.looked
    C.lookingD.to
    look
    (  )43.—Could
    you
    tell
    me
    ________?
    —You
    mean
    yesterday?

    A.how
    the
    passengers
    are
    saved
    B.how
    are
    the
    passengers
    saved

    C.how
    the
    passengers
    were
    saved

    D.how
    were
    the
    passengers
    saved
    (  )44.They
    ________
    when
    they
    met
    in
    the
    hall.

    A.shake
    a
    hand
    B.shake
    hands

    C.shook
    a
    hand
    D.shook
    hands

    (  )45.The
    man
    is
    ________
    us,
    because
    we
    don’t
    know
    him
    at
    all.

    A.unfamiliar
    to
    B.unfamiliar

    C.familiar
    toD.familiar
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    The
    customs
    in
    different
    countries
    are
    rather
    different.If
    I
    have
    dinner
    with
    a
    Chinese
    host,
    he
    always
    puts
    more
    food
    onto
    my
    plates
    as
    soon
    as
    I
    have
    __46__
    it.That
    often
    discomforts
    me
    greatly.I
    have
    to
    eat
    the
    food
    __47__
    I
    don’t
    want
    to,
    because
    it
    is
    considered
    __48__
    manners
    in
    the
    West
    to
    leave
    one’s
    food
    on
    the
    plate.I
    have
    already
    __
    49__
    that
    when
    a
    Chinese
    sits
    at
    an
    American’s
    dinner
    party,
    he
    often
    __50__
    the
    offer
    of
    food
    or
    drink
    though
    he
    is
    in
    fact
    still
    __51__
    or
    thirsty.This
    might
    be
    __52__
    manners
    in
    China,
    but
    it
    is
    not
    in
    the
    West
    at
    all.In
    the
    United
    States,
    it
    is
    __53__
    to
    keep
    asking
    someone
    again
    and
    again
    or
    insist
    on
    his
    __54__
    something.Americans
    have
    a
    direct
    way
    of
    speaking.If
    they
    want
    something,
    they
    will
    ask
    for
    it.If
    not,
    they
    will
    say,
    “No,
    thanks.”
    So
    you
    had
    better
    __55__
    the
    famous
    saying:
    When
    in
    Rome,
    do
    as
    the
    Romans
    do.
    (  )46.A.wiped
    B.emptied
    C.filled
    D.made
    (  )47.A.becauseB.so

    C.even
    if
    D.since
    (  )48.A.good

    B.better

    C.familiar
    D.particular
    (  )49.A.noted

    B.noticed
    C.predictedD.thought
    (  )50.A.refuses
    B.accepts
    C.quarrels
    D.agrees
    (  )51.A.angry

    B.full

    C.hungry
    D.relaxed
    (  )52.A.goodB.rude
    C.pleased
    D.bad
    (  )53.A.politeB.friendly
    C.boredD.impolite
    (  )54.A.reading

    B.writing

    C.accepting
    D.forming
    (  )55.A.remember
    B.remind
    C.recover

    D.regret
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    AVenice
    is
    in
    the
    northeast
    of
    Italy.It
    was
    built
    on
    small
    islands
    in
    saltwater
    lakes
    more
    than
    1,500
    years
    ago.Venice
    is
    a
    city
    with
    no
    cars
    and
    people
    travel
    by
    boat.There
    are
    117
    waterways
    and
    more
    than
    400
    bridges
    that
    can
    guide
    you
    where
    you
    want
    to
    go.Auckland
    is
    the
    largest
    city
    in
    New
    Zealand.In
    the
    seaside
    city,
    you
    can
    enjoy
    an
    amazing
    view
    from
    the
    city’s
    tallest
    tower—the
    Sky
    Tower.You
    can
    also
    see
    Maori
    traditional
    dances
    at
    the
    Auckland
    Museum.Auckland
    is
    called
    “the
    city
    of
    sails”
    because
    it
    has
    more
    boats
    than
    anywhere
    else
    in
    the
    world.Los
    Angeles
    was
    founded
    in
    1781.It
    is
    now
    the
    second
    largest
    city
    in
    the
    United
    States.It
    is
    famous
    for
    its
    modern
    highways
    and
    its
    movie
    stars
    of
    Hollywood.There
    are
    many
    beautiful
    beaches
    near
    the
    city.The
    population
    of
    Budapest
    is
    about
    three
    million
    and
    the
    city
    is
    a
    very
    popular
    place
    for
    tourists.Visitors
    like
    to
    take
    boat
    rides
    along
    the
    Danube
    (多瑙河).Budapest
    is
    also
    known
    for
    its
    exciting
    nightlife.The
    best
    time
    to
    visit
    Budapest
    is
    summer
    since
    it
    is
    very
    cold
    in
    winter.(  )56.People
    mostly
    travel
    ________
    in
    Venice.A.by
    ship

    B.by
    car

    C.by
    bus

    D.by
    boat

    (  )57.Which
    of
    the
    following
    is
    NOT
    mentioned
    about
    Auckland?A.Modern
    highways.
    B.The
    Sky
    Tower.C.Maori
    traditional
    dances.
    D.A
    lot
    of
    boats.
    (  )58.Los
    Angeles
    has
    a
    history
    of
    ________.A.more
    than
    100
    yearsB.more
    than
    200
    yearsC.more
    than
    300
    yearsD.more
    than
    400
    years
    (  )59.If
    Mary
    wants
    to
    visit
    Budapest,
    the
    best
    season
    for
    her
    to
    go
    is
    ________.

    A.spring
    B.summer
    C.autumn

    D.winter

    (  )60.The
    four
    cities
    are
    all
    ________
    according
    to
    the
    passage.A.modern
    cities
    with
    a
    short
    history

    B.in
    New
    ZealandC.near
    lakes,
    rivers
    or
    seasD.large
    cities
    B
    Do
    you
    know
    something
    about
    the
    holiday
    camps
    in
    Hong
    Kong?
    The
    students
    in
    Hong
    Kong
    used
    to
    take
    part
    in
    an
    English
    holiday
    camp
    in
    their
    holidays.And
    their
    parents
    weren’t
    with
    them.Though
    they
    were
    very
    young.
    Now
    they
    still
    enjoy
    taking
    part
    in
    many
    kinds
    of
    holiday
    camps
    without
    their
    parents.Many
    parents
    let
    their
    children
    take
    part
    in
    some
    kinds
    of
    holiday
    camps
    in
    order
    to
    learn
    some
    practical
    knowledge
    in
    their
    life.And
    also
    learn
    some
    knowledge
    about
    living
    skills,
    science,
    reading
    and
    writing.The
    most
    important
    for
    the
    children
    is
    to
    learn
    to
    look
    after
    themselves.
    Holiday
    camps
    in
    Hong
    Kong
    are
    not
    so
    expensive.Most
    of
    families
    can
    afford
    to
    send
    their
    children
    there
    for
    further
    study,
    for
    making
    their
    bodies
    strong.And
    the
    government
    never
    charges
    for
    them.
    It
    is
    said
    that
    students
    in
    Hong
    Kong
    have
    much
    knowledge
    about
    many
    things.Perhaps
    it
    has
    something
    with
    the
    kinds
    of
    holiday
    camps.

    (  )61.Students
    in
    Hong
    Kong
    like
    to
    take
    part
    in
    the
    ________.A.holiday
    campsB.English
    holiday
    campsC.science
    holiday
    camps
    D.Chinese
    holiday
    camps

    (  )62.When
    students
    in
    Hong
    Kong
    are
    in
    the
    holiday
    camps
    their
    parents
    ________.A.must
    be
    with
    them

    B.have
    to
    look
    after
    them
    nearbyC.must
    stay
    at
    homeD.aren’t
    with
    them

    (  )63.The
    most
    important
    thing
    for
    the
    students
    to
    take
    part
    in
    the
    holiday
    camps
    in
    Hong
    Kong
    is
    ________.

    A.to
    learn
    some
    English
    words
    B.to
    learn
    much
    knowledge
    about
    many
    things

    C.to
    learn
    to
    look
    after
    themselves

    D.to
    have
    a
    further
    study
    about
    many
    subjects

    (  )64.The
    cost
    to
    take
    part
    in
    a
    holiday
    camp
    is
    ________.A.very
    dear

    B.not
    so
    cheap
    C.very
    high

    D.very
    low

    (  )65.The
    students
    who
    often
    take
    part
    in
    the
    holiday
    camps
    ________.A.must
    have
    much
    knowledge
    about
    many
    things
    B.must
    be
    very
    thin
    C.must
    be
    very
    tallD.must
    be
    very
    beautiful
    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五个人的介绍,右栏是七份工作。请将这五个人与之感兴趣的工作配对。
    (  )66.Amy
    majors
    in
    English
    in
    college.She
    wants
    to
    be
    an
    English
    teacher
    in
    a
    middle
    school
    after
    graduation.She
    hopes
    to
    find
    a
    school
    which
    can
    provide
    accommodation
    (住处).
    (  )67.Dan
    will
    graduate
    from
    college
    this
    July.He
    wants
    to
    work
    in
    a
    supermarket
    after
    graduation
    because
    he
    wants
    to
    have
    his
    own
    supermarket
    one
    day.
    (  )68.Linda
    is
    a
    student
    who
    majors
    in
    international
    relations
    (关系).She
    likes
    to
    read
    books
    on
    politics
    (政治)
    and
    would
    like
    to
    choose
    a
    job
    about
    politics.Her
    English
    is
    very
    good.
    (  )69.Jack
    likes
    animals
    a
    lot.Though
    his
    major
    in
    college
    is
    math,
    he
    wants
    to
    work
    in
    a
    zoo.He
    is
    happy
    as
    long
    as
    he
    stays
    with
    animals.
    (  )70.Julie
    is
    an
    outgoing
    girl.She
    likes
    to
    be
    with
    children.She
    wants
    to
    be
    a
    teacher
    in
    a
    kindergarten
    (幼儿园)
    after
    graduation.She
    once
    worked
    in
    a
    garden
    during
    her
    summer
    holiday.
    A.Our
    zoo
    is
    looking
    for
    a
    person
    to
    take
    care
    of
    some
    animals.It
    doesn’t
    matter
    what
    your
    major
    is
    and
    how
    old
    you
    are.If
    you
    like
    animals
    and
    you
    are
    patient
    enough,
    you
    can
    get
    the
    job.
    B.Our
    school
    is
    an
    international
    high
    school.Now
    we
    are
    looking
    for
    some
    English
    teachers.You
    needn’t
    have
    working
    experience,
    but
    you
    must
    love
    teaching.We
    can
    provide
    a
    room
    for
    each
    teacher.
    C.Are
    you
    looking
    for
    an
    exciting
    job?
    Are
    you
    an
    energetic
    boy?
    Are
    you
    creative
    about
    selling?
    If
    you
    answers
    are
    yes,
    you
    can
    be
    a
    member
    of
    our
    supermarket.
    D.Yaolan
    Kindergarten
    is
    the
    biggest
    kindergarten
    in
    the
    city.Now
    we
    need
    about
    10
    teachers.You’d
    better
    have
    some
    working
    experience.If
    you
    want
    to
    join
    us,
    call
    5643378.
    E.Nikun
    Middle
    School
    needs
    an
    English
    teacher.Anyone
    who
    majors
    in
    English
    can
    apply
    for
    the
    job.The
    school
    lies
    in
    the
    center
    of
    the
    city.It
    is
    easy
    for
    you
    to
    rent
    an
    apartment
    near
    the
    school.
    F.Now
    we
    provide
    an
    opportunity
    for
    the
    people
    who
    are
    interested
    in
    politics.Your
    task
    is
    writing
    reports
    and
    organizing
    matters
    for
    the
    major
    (市长).You
    must
    be
    good
    at
    English.
    G.Haojiao
    Bar
    has
    just
    opened
    in
    the
    centre
    of
    the
    city.It’s
    a
    big
    bar
    and
    needs
    several
    part-time
    singers
    now.You
    need
    to
    work
    at
    night
    and
    you
    must
    be
    under
    35
    years
    old.Of
    course,
    you
    must
    do
    well
    in
    singing.五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。She
    is
    Liu
    Hui,
    a
    middle
    school
    student
    in
    Anhui,
    one
    of
    the
    “stay-at-home
    children”
    in
    her
    town.Liu
    Hui
    is
    12
    years
    old
    and
    lives
    (71)________
    her
    sister.Her
    parents
    left
    home
    to
    make
    (72)________
    in
    big
    cities
    when
    she
    was
    only
    four.Liu
    Hui
    has
    to
    (73)________
    care
    of
    her
    younger
    sister.They
    have
    to
    stay
    at
    home
    alone
    (74)________
    they
    have
    to
    go
    to
    school.
    “I
    used
    to
    feel
    sad
    without
    my
    parents
    at
    home,”
    she
    said,
    “but
    now
    I
    know
    (75)________
    they
    do
    so.They
    have
    to
    go
    away
    to
    make
    money
    for
    (76)________
    so
    that
    we
    can
    live
    a
    better
    life.”
    Every
    day,
    Liu
    Hui
    gets
    (77)________
    at
    6:30
    a.m.
    and
    cooks
    breakfast.Then
    (78)________
    two
    girls
    go
    to
    school.They
    have
    supper
    at
    6:00
    p.m.Then
    Liu
    Hui
    does
    housework
    and
    (79)________
    her
    sister
    with
    her
    homework.She
    usually
    goes
    to
    bed
    at
    9:30
    p.m.
    after
    a
    (80)________
    day.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    School
    Lunches
    from
    around
    the
    World
    Do
    you
    wonder
    what
    children
    are
    eating
    for
    lunch
    across
    the
    world?
    Take
    a
    look
    at
    different
    school
    lunches
    and
    learn
    something
    about
    kids’
    school
    lives
    across
    the
    world.
    In
    Japan,
    99%
    of
    elementary
    school
    (小学)
    students
    and
    82%
    of
    junior
    high
    school
    students
    eat
    kyushoku
    (school
    lunch).It
    includes
    a
    bottle
    of
    milk,
    a
    bowl
    of
    rice,
    usually
    some
    types
    of
    fish,
    a
    salad,
    some
    kinds
    of
    soup,
    usually
    with
    tofu
    and
    vegetables,
    and
    a
    piece
    of
    fruit.
    In
    the
    United
    States
    kids
    have
    hamburgers
    and
    chips
    for
    lunch.Those
    school
    lunches
    are
    making
    the
    kids
    so
    fat
    that
    many
    are
    unable
    to
    meet
    the
    physical
    fitness
    standards
    (标准).The
    good
    news
    is
    that
    Improving
    Nutrition
    (营养)
    for
    American’s
    Children
    Act
    was
    recently
    passed.That
    will
    help
    to
    make
    school
    lunches
    more
    nutritional
    (有营养的).
    In
    Beijing,
    school
    lunches
    are
    usually
    provided
    from
    home.A
    food
    service
    worker
    picks
    up
    the
    fresh
    meals
    from
    home
    and
    sends
    them
    to
    schools.
    Information
    Card
    Countries
    School
    Lunches
    Japan
    The
    Japanese
    school
    lunches
    include
    milk,
    rice,
    some
    fish,
    a
    salad,
    soup
    and
    (81)________________.
    The
    United
    States
    The
    school
    lunches
    are
    very
    (82)________________
    because
    they
    make
    the
    kids
    (83)________________.
    China
    The
    lunches
    are
    cooked
    at
    (84)______________
    and
    a
    (85)________________
    pick
    them
    up
    to
    send
    to
    schools.B.书面表达(本题15分)
    针对“有些学生不爱吃学校午餐,经常到校外买不健康、不卫生的食物”的现象,学校提出了吃健康午餐的倡议。请结合上文以“A
    Healthy
    Lunch”为题写一篇短文,谈谈你自己的看法并对学校提出自己的建议。
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    _______________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________Unit
    13 标准检测(时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.How
    did
    the
    speaker
    go
    to
    sleep?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.What
    hasn’t
    Judy
    packed?A.
    B.
    C.

    (  )3.What
    are
    they
    going
    to
    do?A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.How
    is
    the
    woman
    going
    to
    Shanghai?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )5.What
    was
    the
    weather
    like
    then?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.Who
    likes
    the
    red
    color?

    A.Bill.
    B.Kate.
    C.No
    one.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.What
    does
    the
    girl
    mean?

    A.She
    hates
    the
    party.

    B.She
    is
    interested
    in
    the
    party.

    C.She
    thinks
    the
    music
    and
    the
    light
    are
    too
    bad.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.Why
    does
    Henry
    prefer
    true
    friends?

    A.Because
    they
    are
    good
    at
    telling
    jokes.

    B.Because
    they
    are
    honest
    and
    helpful.

    C.Because
    they
    are
    serious
    enough.

    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.What
    does
    the
    woman
    mean?

    A.Jack
    should
    try
    to
    trust
    his
    brother.

    B.Jack
    needn’t
    trust
    his
    brother
    again.

    C.Jack
    should
    try
    to
    tell
    the
    truth.
    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.What
    would
    the
    man
    like
    the
    woman
    to
    do
    now?

    A.To
    stop
    reading.
    B.To
    do
    something
    interesting.

    C.To
    read
    the
    book.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.Where
    did
    Susan
    lose
    her
    purse?

    A.On
    the
    train.

    B.In
    the
    waiting
    hall.
    C.In
    the
    bookstore.
    (  )12.How
    much
    money
    did
    Susan
    have
    in
    the
    suitcase?

    A.About
    25
    dollars.
    B.About
    30
    dollars.

    C.About
    50
    dollars.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.Who
    made
    Ann
    upset
    in
    the
    talk?

    A.Her
    teacher.
    B.Her
    father.
    C.The
    old
    man.
    (  )14.Why
    did
    Ann
    think
    the
    teacher
    unfair?

    A.Because
    it
    wasn’t
    all
    her
    fault
    (过错).

    B.Because
    she
    didn’t
    arrive
    late
    at
    all.

    C.Because
    she
    was
    late
    for
    only
    5
    minutes.
    (  )15.What
    will
    Ann
    probably
    do
    next?

    A.Call
    that
    old
    man
    up.

    B.No
    longer
    talk
    to
    her
    teacher.

    C.Call
    the
    teacher
    up.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.Mrs.
    Brown
    has
    a
    lovely
    ________
    as
    a
    pet.

    A.dogB.catC.rabbit
    (  )17.After
    disappearing,
    the
    cat
    came
    back
    ________.

    A.before
    lunch

    B.at
    lunchC.after
    lunch
    (  )18.The
    cat
    rushed
    the
    room
    with
    ________
    mice.

    A.two
    B.three

    C.four
    (  )19.Before
    anyone
    stopped
    the
    cat,
    it
    put
    the
    mice
    ________.

    A.into
    the
    boxes
    B.on
    the
    chairs

    C.into
    the
    plates
    (  )20.From
    the
    story,
    we
    know
    there’s
    a
    close
    friendship
    between
    ________.

    A.Mr.
    Brown
    and
    the
    cat
    B.Mrs.
    Brown
    and
    the
    cat
    C.Mr.
    and
    Mrs.
    Brown
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一段有关现代工具的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。
    Machines
    Uses
    All
    machines
    Make
    things
    (21)________
    and
    faster.
    A
    washing
    machine
    Helps
    us
    wash
    clothes
    (22)________.
    A
    printing
    machine
    Prints
    lots
    of
    (23)________,newspapers
    and
    other
    things
    fast.
    Buses,
    bikes,
    cars,
    trains,
    planes
    and
    ships
    Help
    us
    travel
    faster
    than
    (24)________.
    The
    (25)________
    Stores
    information
    and
    works
    out
    math
    problems
    faster.
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.My
    father
    is
    a
    professor
    in
    art,
    but
    he
    has
    ________
    knowledge
    on
    computer.

    A.a
    few

    B.a
    bit

    C.littleD.lot
    (  )27.Lei
    Feng’s
    story
    serves
    ________
    a
    good
    example
    for
    all
    of
    us
    to
    help
    others.

    A.with
    B.at
    C.as
    D.on
    (  )28.We
    can
    do
    many
    things
    on
    the
    Internet,
    ________,
    listening
    to
    the
    music.

    A.and
    so
    on

    B.by
    example

    C.for
    instance

    D.with
    instance

    (  )29.What
    led
    you________
    the
    truth?

    A.believe

    B.to
    believe

    C.believingD.believed
    (  )30.Your
    answer
    ________
    the
    question
    made
    me
    ________.

    A.of;
    angryB.to;
    angryC.of;
    angrily

    D.to;
    angrily

    (  )31.________
    that
    surfing
    the
    Internet
    is
    helpful.

    A.It’s
    true
    B.It’s
    wrong

    C.That’s
    true

    D.That’s
    wrong
    (  )32.I
    need
    a
    new
    coat.This
    one
    doesn’t
    ________
    the
    cold________.

    A.keep;
    in
    B.keep;
    out

    C.hold;
    in
    D.hold;
    out

    (  )33.The
    storybook
    is
    ________
    interesting
    ________
    all
    of
    us
    like
    it.

    A.such;
    thatB.so;
    as

    C.as;
    as
    D.so;
    that
    (  )34.As
    we
    can
    see,
    many
    ads
    ________
    women.

    A.is
    aimed
    at

    B.is
    good
    at

    C.are
    aimed
    at
    D.are
    good
    at

    (  )35.My
    brother
    ________
    to
    do
    his
    homework
    when
    we
    went
    into
    his
    bedroom.

    A.protectedB.pretended

    C.presented

    D.prevented
    (  )36.I
    would
    rather________
    books
    than________
    shopping
    on
    weekends.

    A.to
    read;
    to
    go
    B.read;
    go

    C.reading;
    going
    D.read;
    going

    (  )37.In
    order
    to
    learn
    math
    well,
    I
    decide
    to
    ________
    a
    math
    club.

    A.join
    inB.joinC.take
    part
    inD.attend

    (  )38.Though
    he
    is
    busy
    with
    work,
    he
    goes
    back
    home
    to
    see
    his
    parents________.

    A.all
    the
    time
    B.in
    timeC.on
    time
    D.at
    times

    (  )39.________
    rain
    has
    fallen,
    the
    air
    is
    cooler.

    A.Because
    ofB.As

    C.As
    forD.Though
    (  )40.—________?
    —It
    makes
    me
    scared.

    A.Why
    do
    you
    like
    the
    book
    B.Where
    do
    you
    read
    the
    book

    C.How
    do
    you
    feel
    about
    the
    book
    D.What’s
    the
    main
    idea
    of
    the
    book
    (  )41.—Would
    you
    like
    to
    have
    ________
    cake?
    —No,
    thanks.I’ve
    had
    two.That’s
    enough.

    A.otherB.others

    C.another
    D.the
    other
    (  )42.Just
    before
    the
    Chinese
    class,
    I
    suddenly
    rea-lized
    that
    I
    forgot
    ________
    my
    Chinese
    text
    book.

    A.bring
    B.bringing

    C.to
    bringing
    D.to
    bring
    (  )43.The
    little
    boy
    ________
    by
    his
    brother
    this
    morning.

    A.was
    made
    to
    cryB.was
    made
    cry

    C.made
    to
    cryD.made
    cry
    (  )44.It
    was
    because
    of
    the
    heavy
    traffic
    ________
    I
    was
    late
    for
    the
    meeting.

    A.whereB.that

    C.who
    D.when
    (  )45.________,
    we
    must
    made
    a
    good
    plan.

    A.After
    all
    B.To
    start
    with

    C.In
    the
    end
    D.At
    last
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    Once
    a
    man
    lost
    his
    umbrella.He
    put
    an
    advertisement
    in
    the
    newspaper,
    but
    without
    __46__.So
    one
    day
    he
    came
    to
    one
    of
    his
    friends,
    a
    merchant
    (商人),
    for
    __47__.His
    friend
    asked
    him
    __48__
    he
    had
    written
    the
    advertisement.The
    man
    gave
    it
    to
    him,
    “Lost
    at
    the
    London
    Church
    a
    black
    umbrella.Whoever
    finds
    it
    and
    returns
    it
    will
    __49__
    ten
    pounds.”
    His
    friend
    had
    put
    a
    great
    number
    of
    advertisements
    in
    newspapers
    because
    of
    his
    business
    (生意)
    .He
    thought
    the
    style
    of
    writing
    was
    of
    great
    __50__.So
    he
    helped
    him
    to
    write
    in
    another
    __51__.The
    next
    day,
    this
    advertisement
    appeared
    in
    the
    newspaper:
    “If
    the
    man
    who
    was
    seen
    to
    __52__
    an
    umbrella
    from
    the
    London
    Church
    doesn’t
    want
    to
    get
    into
    trouble,
    he
    __53__
    return
    it
    to
    No.20
    Broad
    Street.”

    The
    next
    morning,
    the
    man
    was
    very
    surprised
    to
    see
    in
    front
    of
    the
    door
    __54__
    twelve
    umbrellas
    of
    all
    sizes
    and
    colors.His
    umbrella
    was
    also
    among
    them.Many
    of
    them
    had
    notes,
    which
    said
    they
    had
    been
    taken
    by
    __55__
    and
    asked
    the
    man
    not
    to
    say
    anything
    about
    the
    umbrella.
    (  )46.A.use

    B.news

    C.result
    D.umbrella
    (  )47.A.newspaper
    B.advertisement
    C.informationD.help
    (  )48.A.how
    B.why

    C.when
    D.what
    (  )49.A.acceptB.receive
    C.find
    D.cost
    (  )50.A.interestB.value
    C.use

    D.importance
    (  )51.A.saying
    B.newspaperC.language

    D.way
    (  )52.A.find

    B.rob

    C.bring
    D.take
    (  )53.A.shall
    B.may

    C.will

    D.ought
    (  )54.A.at
    least
    B.at
    most

    C.no
    more
    thanD.not
    more
    than
    (  )55.A.choice
    B.mistakeC.accident

    D.chance
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A

    Football
    Final
    Brazil
    VS
    Argentina
    National
    Sports
    Center8:00
    pm
    SaturdayDolphin
    Show
    9:00
    am-11:00
    am

    Everyday
    expect
    Monday
    and
    FridayHouse
    for
    Rent

    In
    Biguiyan
    Village
    By
    Longwo
    Lake
    200
    yuan
    per
    month
    Ten
    minutes
    drive
    from
    Jiuzi
    Square
    in
    the
    center
    of
    the
    city
    Assistant
    wantedFor
    a
    busy
    restaurant

    Work
    on
    weekendsAll
    meals
    are
    free
    Call
    at
    383359
    for
    more
    information
    (  )56.The
    match
    is
    between
    Brazil
    and
    ________.

    A.Argentina
    B.China

    C.Germany
    D.Japan
    (  )57.If
    Marry
    wants
    to
    be
    the
    assistant,
    she
    can
    phone
    the
    number
    ________.

    A.833059

    B.383539C.383359

    D.330859

    (  )58.Where
    is
    Jiuzi
    Square?A.It’s
    by
    Longwo
    Lake.
    B.It’s
    in
    Biguiyuan
    village.

    C.It’s
    far
    from
    the
    city.
    D.It’s
    in
    the
    center
    of
    the
    city.
    (  )59.You
    can
    watch
    the
    dolphin
    show
    ________.

    A.at
    9:30
    am,
    Wednesday

    B.at
    10:00
    am,
    MondayC.at
    1:00
    pm,
    Thursday

    D.at
    11:30
    am,
    Tuesday

    (  )60.With
    2,400
    yuan,
    Mr.
    Green
    can
    rent
    the
    house
    for
    ________.

    A.2
    years
    B.one
    year
    C.10
    months

    D.13
    months
    B
    “The
    Princess
    and
    the
    Frog”
    is
    a
    warm
    and
    enjoyable
    cartoon
    by
    Disney.It
    tells
    the
    story
    about
    a
    girl
    who
    makes
    her
    dreams
    come
    true
    through
    hard
    work.
    Tiana
    is
    a
    waitress.She
    has
    a
    dream
    of
    owning
    a
    restaurant.In
    order
    to
    realize
    the
    dream,
    she
    works
    hard.She
    knows
    that
    it
    is
    useless
    to
    wish
    on
    a
    star.She
    never
    sits
    in
    a
    castle
    waiting
    for
    a
    prince
    to
    come
    and
    save
    her.Tiana’s
    plans
    for
    success
    go
    wrong
    when
    she
    meets
    a
    talking
    frog.The
    frog
    happens
    to
    be
    a
    prince
    named
    Naveen.Hoping
    to
    become
    human
    again,
    Naveen
    regards
    Tiana
    as
    a
    princess
    by
    mistake.He
    tells
    her
    to
    kiss
    him.Then
    something
    worse
    happens.Tiana
    turns
    into
    a
    frog,
    too.Together
    they
    look
    for
    a
    way
    to
    become
    human
    again.
    The
    story
    is
    easy
    enough
    for
    kids
    to
    understand
    and
    it
    provides
    us
    with
    beautiful
    hand-drawn
    pictures,
    songs
    and
    music.Besides,
    there’s
    a
    great
    lesson
    here:
    you
    should
    look
    for
    a
    way
    to
    make
    your
    dream
    come
    true.If
    there
    is
    any
    problem
    with
    the
    movie,
    it’s
    only
    that
    it
    doesn’t
    feel
    as
    splendid
    as
    some
    of
    Disney’s
    other
    films.
    (  )61.The
    writer
    introduces
    ________
    to
    us
    in
    this
    passage.

    A.song
    B.a
    Hollywood
    action
    movie
    C.a
    cartoon
    by
    Disney
    D.a
    historical
    story
    (  )62.Tiana’s
    dream
    is
    to
    ________.

    A.kiss
    a
    frog

    B.own
    a
    restaurant
    C.sit
    in
    a
    castle

    D.find
    a
    prince
    (  )63.The
    lesson
    we
    can
    learn
    from
    “The
    Princess
    and
    the
    Frog”
    is
    that
    ________.

    A.we
    should
    not
    kiss
    a
    frog
    B.we
    should
    believe
    ourselves

    C.wishing
    on
    a
    star
    will
    be
    helpful
    D.we
    should
    look
    for
    a
    way
    to
    make
    our
    dream
    come
    true
    (  )64.“The
    Princess
    and
    the
    Frog”
    is
    ________.

    A.short
    of
    beautiful
    pictures,
    songs
    and
    music
    B.as
    splendid
    as
    some
    of
    Disney’s
    other
    films

    C.too
    difficult
    to
    understandD.educational
    (  )65.You
    can
    probably
    find
    this
    article
    ________.

    A.in
    a
    science
    book
    B.in
    a
    dictionaryC.in
    a
    newspaperD.in
    a
    traveler’s
    guide
    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五个人的情况简介,右栏是七则广告。请将这五个人与他们感兴趣的广告配对。
    (  )66.Mrs.Li
    wants
    her
    daughter
    to
    take
    some
    piano
    lessons
    during
    the
    coming
    summer
    holiday.
    (  )67.Betty
    and
    her
    boyfriend
    want
    to
    spend
    the
    weekend
    watching
    something
    new.They
    both
    like
    dancing.
    (  )68.Daming
    wants
    to
    buy
    some
    newspapers
    to
    read
    so
    that
    he
    can
    improve
    his
    English.
    (  )69.Mr.Black
    wants
    to
    come
    to
    Beijing
    for
    the
    first
    time
    in
    August.He
    wants
    to
    enjoy
    the
    real
    Beijing
    Opera
    very
    much.
    (  )70.Tony
    and
    his
    colleagues
    will
    have
    a
    trip
    in
    Guangzhou
    next
    week.They
    need
    to
    rent
    a
    car
    and
    a
    driver
    who
    understands
    English.A.Watch
    Your
    Neck:
    This
    modern
    ballet
    is
    telling
    the
    story
    of
    “Dracula”
    which
    is
    the
    classic
    novel
    by
    Irish
    playwright
    Bram
    Stoker.
    Time:
    8:30
    pm
    February
    2-9.
    Tel:
    98558588.
    B.Children’s
    Activity
    Center:Tel:66589982.Add:No.22
    Zhongshan
    Road.(Singing
    lessons,
    piano
    lessons
    and
    dancing
    lessons.)
    C.Peking
    Opera:Mei
    Lanfang’s
    brave
    fighting
    against
    the
    Japanese
    during
    the
    War
    of
    Resistance
    against
    Japanese
    will
    open
    your
    mind.
    D.Foreign
    Book
    Center:English
    books
    and
    newspapers,
    CDs,
    etc.
    E.The
    Changcheng
    Hotel:Five
    star
    hotel.Looking
    for
    much
    experienced
    receptionists.Tel:
    (010)55883326.
    F.Car
    Hire
    Service:12
    seats
    Forit
    transit
    vans
    (运输车)
    for
    hire
    in
    Zhujiang
    Business
    and
    Private
    Hire.We
    have
    English
    speaking
    drivers.
    G.Tianhe
    Car
    Selling
    Center:Different
    kinds
    of
    cars
    on
    sale.Different
    prices
    with
    high
    quality.Tel:
    (020)89885986.五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。Here’s
    a
    story
    about
    Ming’s
    life
    on
    the
    water.Ming
    has
    lived
    all
    his
    life
    (71)________
    a
    wide
    river
    in
    China.His
    home
    is
    a
    large
    house-boat
    with
    a
    roof,
    one
    of
    hundreds
    that
    move
    up
    and
    down.In
    about
    six
    years
    he
    has
    not
    once
    been
    on
    land
    but
    he
    is
    never
    lonely.He
    is
    a
    strong
    swimmer.In
    fact,
    he
    could
    swim
    before
    he
    could
    walk.When
    he
    wants
    to
    play
    with
    his
    (72)________
    he
    just
    swims
    across
    to
    their
    boats
    or
    asks
    them
    to
    (73)________
    him.
    Ming’s
    father
    is
    a
    fisherman,
    (74)________
    he
    never
    uses
    a
    line
    or
    a
    net
    (网).Great
    black
    birds
    (75)________
    cormorants
    (鸬鹚)
    do
    the
    fishing
    for
    him.Rings
    (圈)
    have
    been
    put
    around
    the
    birds’(76)________
    so
    that
    they
    cannot
    eat
    the
    fish
    they
    catch.They
    have
    been
    taught
    to
    bring
    the
    fish
    to
    people.And
    then
    people
    reward
    (奖励)
    (77)________
    with
    a
    fine
    big
    fish
    as
    soon
    as
    their
    work
    is
    (78)________.Ming
    loves
    watching
    the
    cormorants,
    but
    better
    still
    he
    likes
    going
    (79)________
    with
    his
    mother.The
    shops,
    of
    course,
    are
    boats
    very
    like
    his
    (80)________.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    Not
    only
    adults
    but
    also
    teenagers
    have
    problems
    in
    their
    life.Here
    is
    a
    survey
    showing
    the
    main
    problems
    of
    teenagers.
    They
    feel
    stressed
    because
    they
    have
    too
    much
    homework
    to
    do
    both
    at
    school
    and
    at
    home.They
    have
    lots
    of
    exams
    to
    take.And
    parents
    usually
    send
    them
    to
    different
    classes
    at
    weekends.They
    don’t
    have
    their
    own
    time
    to
    do
    what
    they
    are
    interested
    in.Now
    more
    and
    more
    teenagers
    are
    getting
    short-sighted
    (近视).They
    often
    read
    in
    bed
    or
    keep
    reading
    for
    a
    long
    time
    without
    having
    a
    rest.Some
    of
    them
    are
    crazy
    about
    playing
    computer
    games.Some
    spend
    too
    much
    time
    watching
    TV.Another
    serious
    problem
    among
    teenagers
    is
    that
    many
    of
    them
    are
    becoming
    fat.They
    eat
    too
    much
    junk
    food,
    but
    they
    take
    little
    exercise.
    I
    think
    teenagers
    should
    think
    of
    ways
    to
    deal
    with
    the
    problems.They
    should
    make
    a
    plan
    for
    study
    and
    hobbies
    and
    find
    time
    to
    relax
    as
    much
    as
    possible.
    Information
    Card
    How
    many
    problems
    are
    mentioned
    in
    the
    survey?
    (81)________________.
    Why
    do
    teenagers
    feel
    stressed?
    Because
    they
    have
    too
    much
    (82)________________
    both
    at
    school
    and
    at
    home.
    What
    makes
    teenagers
    become
    fat?
    Too
    much
    (83)________________
    and
    too
    little
    exercise.
    What
    problem
    is
    caused
    by
    computer
    games?
    Playing
    computer
    games
    too
    much
    will
    make
    teenagers
    (84)________________.
    How
    can
    teenagers
    relax
    themselves?
    By
    (85)______________________
    a
    plan
    for
    study
    and
    hobbies.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    在日常生活中我们通常会遇到一些难题或困惑。请参照阅读材料的有关信息,谈谈你在日常生活和学习中遇到的问题。
    内容包括:
    1.谈一谈日常生活中你遇到的问题(2-3个);
    2.提出2-3种解决问题的方法或建议。
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    Unit
    14 标准检测(时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.What’s
    the
    man
    talking
    about?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )2.What
    do
    many
    people
    complain
    about?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.What
    can’t
    Mr.Smith
    afford?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.What
    was
    left
    in
    the
    shop?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )5.Who
    is
    waiting
    on
    the
    fifth
    floor?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.What
    will
    the
    boy
    probably
    do
    first?

    A.He’ll
    play
    soccer.
    B.He’ll
    finish
    his
    homework.
    C.He’ll
    watch
    a
    soccer
    match.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.What
    are
    the
    two
    speakers
    doing
    now?

    A.Cooking
    at
    home.
    B.Collecting
    water.
    C.Preparing
    for
    the
    meal.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.How
    many
    friends
    has
    the
    woman
    made
    so
    far?

    A.Four.
    B.Five.
    C.Six.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.What
    will
    Anna
    do
    next?

    A.Go
    to
    Anna’s
    house.

    B.Buy
    another
    guide
    book.

    C.Go
    to
    New
    York.
    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.What’s
    true
    about
    the
    talk?

    A.Jane
    is
    on
    the
    way
    to
    the
    farm
    now.

    B.Jane
    is
    having
    supper
    with
    a
    villager.

    C.A
    villager
    has
    helped
    Jane
    reach
    the
    farm
    safely.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.Whom
    are
    they
    going
    to
    help?

    A.A
    blind
    woman.B.An
    old
    woman.C.A
    poor
    man.
    (  )12.How
    many
    children
    does
    the
    old
    woman
    have?

    A.One.
    B.Two.
    C.None.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.Who
    did
    Betty’s
    father
    go
    to
    London
    with?

    A.No
    one.

    B.Betty.C.His
    wife.
    (  )14.What
    is
    Betty
    hoping
    to
    do?

    A.To
    take
    vacation
    with
    her
    father.

    B.To
    stay
    with
    her
    mother.

    C.To
    visit
    London.
    (  )15.How
    does
    Betty
    like
    her
    father’s
    behavior?

    A.It’s
    boring.B.It’s
    impolite.C.It’s
    all
    right.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.The
    earthquake
    happened
    ________.

    A.on
    MondayB.on
    Wednesday

    C.on
    Friday
    (  )17.The
    earthquake
    lasted
    for________.

    A.several
    minutes
    B.over
    one
    minute
    C.a
    whole
    afternoon
    (  )18.From
    the
    news,
    we
    know
    ________.

    A.no
    villagers
    were
    killed
    in
    the
    storm

    B.the
    earthquake
    made
    over
    200
    people
    homeless

    C.two
    houses
    were
    badly
    destroyed
    by
    the
    earthquake
    (  )19.About
    the
    farmer,
    we
    know
    that________.

    A.some
    parts
    of
    his
    house
    fell
    down

    B.his
    wife
    was
    killed

    C.one
    of
    his
    children
    was
    missing
    (  )20.When
    the
    earthquake
    happened,
    the
    woman
    ________.

    A.tried
    to
    take
    some
    things
    out

    B.rushed
    out
    with
    her
    children

    C.asked
    her
    husband
    not
    to
    leave
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是一段有关学生对时尚的看法的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。
    What
    the
    speaker
    asked
    students
    about
    was
    (21)________.
    What
    Judy
    Smith
    liked
    is
    the
    key
    (22)________.
    What
    Jeff
    couldn’t
    stand
    is
    the
    (23)________.
    What
    Jerry
    Green
    liked
    is
    the
    (24)________.
    The
    (25)________
    thing
    was
    the
    belt.
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.I’ve
    seen
    Dr.
    Lin.He
    ________
    told
    me
    an
    interesting
    story.

    A.yet
    B.only
    C.just
    D.never
    (  )27.He
    kissed
    his
    wife
    and
    then
    ________
    goodbye________
    her
    when
    he
    left
    home.

    A.talked;
    to
    B.said;
    toC.spoke;
    to

    D.said;
    with

    (  )28.—Have
    you
    ever
    seen
    “Tom
    and
    Jerry”?
    —Sure.It’s
    one
    of
    ________
    cartoons.I’ve
    ever
    seen
    it
    many
    times.

    A.wonderful
    B.the
    most
    wonderfulC.more
    wonderful
    D.the
    more
    wonderful
    (  )29.I
    need
    to
    ________
    my
    cupboard.It’s
    too
    dirty.

    A.clean
    out
    B.take
    outC.find
    out
    D.go
    out
    (  )30.My
    grandpa
    used
    to________
    water
    from
    the
    village
    well
    every
    morning.

    A.pull
    B.collect
    C.pulling

    D.collecting
    (  )31.It’s
    ________
    turn
    to
    clean
    the
    windows.

    A.you
    B.meC.him
    D.your
    (  )32.We
    haven’t
    received
    his
    letter
    ________.

    A.already

    B.never

    C.ever
    D.yet
    (  )33.There
    are
    ________
    overseas
    Chinese
    students
    returning
    to
    China
    for
    work.

    A.thousand
    of
    B.thousands
    of

    C.a
    thousand
    ofD.two
    thousands
    (  )34.It’s
    her
    job
    ________
    clothes.

    A.washingB.to
    wash
    C.washedD.washes
    (  )35.________
    the
    rich
    farmland,
    we
    can
    grow
    more
    crops.

    A.Thanks
    to

    B.Thanks
    for

    C.Thank
    toD.Thank
    you
    (  )36.I
    want
    to
    go
    to
    France
    ________
    the
    Eiffel
    Tower.

    A.see

    B.to
    see
    C.saw

    D.seeing
    (  )37.________
    get
    to
    No.2
    hospital
    before
    nine.

    A.Be
    sure
    to
    B.Be
    sure
    that

    C.Be
    sure
    of

    D.Be
    sure
    about

    (  )38.—Good
    news.We
    will
    have
    a
    ________
    holiday.
    —I’ve
    heard
    of
    it.But
    it’s
    coming
    in
    ________.

    A.three
    days;
    three
    days’
    time
    B.three-days;
    three
    days’

    C.three-day;
    three
    daysD.three
    days;
    three-day
    time
    (  )39.—Hello!
    Can
    I
    speak
    to
    Mr.White?
    —Sorry,
    he
    isn’t
    here
    right
    now.He
    ________
    to
    the
    theme
    park.

    A.will
    go

    B.was
    goingC.has
    gone
    D.has
    been
    (  )40.—Jack
    is
    busy
    packing
    luggage.
    —Yes.He
    ________
    for
    America
    on
    vacation.

    A.leaves
    B.leftC.is
    leaving

    D.has
    been
    away
    (  )41.My
    friend
    Li
    Xiao
    knows
    my
    hometown
    very
    well
    because
    he
    ________
    there
    many
    times
    with
    me.

    A.has
    beenB.has
    gone

    C.had
    goneD.went
    (  )42.We’re
    so
    much
    looking
    forward
    ________
    you.

    A.to
    see

    B.seeing
    C.to
    seeing
    D.see
    (  )43.Anyone
    who
    is
    the
    last
    one
    to
    leave
    should
    ________
    the
    lights.

    A.turn
    up
    B.turn
    onC.turn
    down
    D.turn
    off
    (  )44.________
    is
    not
    a
    good
    habit
    ________
    too
    late.

    A.It;
    stay
    upB.It;
    to
    stay
    up

    C.That;
    stay
    up
    D.That;
    to
    stay
    up
    (  )45.I
    was
    so
    tired
    that
    I
    could
    ________
    walk
    any
    farther.

    A.nearly

    B.hardlyC.reallyD.suddenly
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    Most
    adults
    once
    studied
    at
    school,
    had
    classes
    and
    did
    their
    homework
    every
    day.The
    same
    thing
    is
    going
    on
    at
    school
    now.__46__
    it
    seems
    that
    doing
    weekend
    homework
    is
    a
    __47__
    for
    the
    modern
    students.
    All
    the
    students
    __48__
    that
    weekend
    homework
    should
    be
    abolished
    (取消).It
    is
    __49__
    for
    them
    to
    study
    at
    school
    five
    days
    a
    week.They
    have
    a
    lot
    of
    interests.With
    homework
    to
    do
    on
    Saturday
    and
    Sunday,
    when
    can
    they
    have
    time
    to
    __50__
    their
    parents
    do
    the
    housework,
    go
    and
    see
    a
    football
    or
    basketball
    game
    or
    a
    good
    __51__,
    join
    in
    family
    recreation
    (娱乐),
    or
    just
    have
    a
    rest
    at
    home?
    Because
    of
    these
    other
    activities,
    the
    homework
    can’t
    be
    finished
    __52__
    Sunday
    evening.So
    their
    weekend
    homework
    is
    usually
    done
    in
    such
    a
    hurry
    that
    on
    Monday
    teachers
    are
    __53__
    because
    many
    of
    the
    students
    know
    little
    about
    the
    __54__.If
    there
    were
    no
    weekend
    homework
    to
    do,
    they
    would
    be
    __55__
    to
    go
    to
    school
    on
    Monday
    after
    two
    days’
    good
    rest
    and
    to
    learn
    what
    the
    teachers
    teach.
    (  )46.A.Also

    B.But
    C.Still

    D.Because
    (  )47.A.questionB.reasonC.problem
    D.decision

    (  )48.A.agree
    B.decide
    C.understand
    D.disagree
    (  )49.A.enjoyable

    B.enoughC.good
    D.useful
    (  )50.A.look

    B.help

    C.notice

    D.support
    (  )51.A.film
    B.story
    C.meeting
    D.concert
    (  )52.A.though
    B.since

    C.afterD.until
    (  )53.A.pleased
    B.sorry

    C.unhappyD.satisfied
    (  )54.A.lessons
    B.games
    C.interestsD.activities
    (  )55.A.tired

    B.creative
    C.worried
    D.happy
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A
    Shopping
    Coupons
    6
    hours
    free
    parking
    If
    you
    spend
    $100
    or
    more
    in
    Green
    Stores
    you
    will
    receive
    six
    hours
    of
    free
    parking.Take
    this
    coupon
    to
    the
    service
    desk
    on
    level
    4
    to
    stamp!
    Buy
    one,
    get
    one
    free
    Buy
    one
    shirt
    or
    tie
    Daniel’s
    Men’s
    Wear,
    and
    get
    another
    shirt
    or
    tie
    of
    the
    same
    value.
    10%
    off
    Show
    this
    coupon
    at
    the
    Mickey’s
    Book
    Store
    to
    get
    a
    10%
    off
    discount
    (折扣)
    on
    any
    books
    you
    buy.We
    have
    lots
    of
    books
    to
    choose
    from.Including
    children’s
    books,
    novels,
    travel
    guides
    and
    hobbies.You’re
    sure
    to
    find
    something
    that
    you
    will
    enjoy.
    Free
    soft
    drink
    Buy
    any
    meal
    for
    at
    least
    $6
    at
    Mike’s
    Cafe,
    and
    receive
    a
    free
    soft
    drink.We
    serve
    the
    best
    hamburgers
    and
    snacks
    in
    the
    Mall.Come
    in
    and
    try
    our
    delicious
    meals
    and
    our
    excellent
    service.You
    won’t
    be
    disappointed!
    Half-price
    movie
    tickets
    Buy
    any
    full-price
    movie
    ticket
    on
    Tuesdays
    or
    Wednesdays,
    and
    you
    can
    buy
    a
    second
    ticket
    for
    a
    friend
    for
    only
    half
    price.The
    latest
    movies
    are
    all
    here.(  )56.If
    you
    want
    to
    have
    free
    soft
    drink,
    you
    can
    go
    to
    ________.

    A.The
    Mickey’s
    Book
    Store

    B.Mike’s
    Cafe

    C.Daniel’s
    Men’s
    Wear
    D.Green
    Stores
    (  )57.You
    can
    get
    a
    10%
    discount
    on
    any
    books
    if
    you
    ________
    at
    the
    Mickey’s.

    A.buy
    some
    gifts

    B.buy
    some
    tickets
    C.show
    this
    coupon
    D.enjoy
    some
    hobbies
    (  )58.If
    you
    buy
    one
    tie
    at
    Daniel’s,
    you
    may
    get
    another
    ________
    free.

    A.cheaper
    tie

    B.more
    expensive
    tie
    C.tie
    of
    the
    same
    price
    D.valuable
    shirt
    (  )59.If
    you
    spend
    110
    dollars
    in
    Green
    Stores,
    you
    can
    ________.

    A.get
    a
    CD
    free

    B.get
    6
    hours
    of
    free
    parking
    C.get
    some
    stamps
    free
    D.get
    a
    free
    desk
    on
    level
    4
    (  )60.If
    John
    pays
    $10
    for
    a
    full-price
    movie
    ticket
    on
    Tuesdays,
    he
    can
    buy
    a
    second
    tickets
    for
    only________.

    A.$5

    B.$10

    C.$15
    D.$
    0
    B
    This
    year,
    Sichuan
    schools
    decide
    to
    start
    morning
    classes
    an
    hour
    later.This
    helps
    students
    feel
    less
    tired.And
    most
    junior
    high
    schools
    begin
    the
    first
    class
    at
    about
    8:30
    am.
    The
    students
    are
    happy
    about
    the
    change.
    Liu
    Ming
    told
    us
    that
    his
    class
    were
    excited
    by
    the
    news
    on
    the
    first
    day
    of
    school.“Great!
    From
    now
    on
    we
    students
    at
    Chengdu
    No.4
    Middle
    School
    don’t
    have
    to
    get
    up
    so
    early!”
    Liu
    said
    that
    he
    used
    to
    get
    up
    at
    6:40
    am.Now
    he
    can
    get
    up
    at
    7:45
    am
    because
    class
    doesn’t
    start
    until
    8:40
    am.
    Wu
    Hongli
    feels
    the
    same.She
    said
    the
    new
    timetable
    (时间表)
    was
    good
    for
    her
    health.“I
    used
    to
    get
    up
    at
    6:30
    am.I
    had
    to
    drink
    coffee
    every
    night,
    or
    I
    would
    feel
    too
    sleepy
    to
    finish
    my
    homework,”
    said
    Wu.“Now
    I
    can
    finish
    it
    without
    coffee.Because
    I
    can
    sleep
    a
    little
    longer.”
    Many
    teachers
    say
    the
    change
    help
    students
    learn
    better.“Students
    used
    to
    doze
    (瞌睡)
    for
    the
    first
    two
    classes
    in
    the
    morning,”
    said
    Huang
    Shan,
    an
    English
    teacher
    at
    Chengdu
    No.12
    Middle
    School.“But
    now
    they
    are
    active
    in
    class
    and
    learn
    much
    better
    than
    before.”
    But
    some
    parents
    are
    worried
    that
    more
    sleep
    mean
    less
    learning.There
    used
    to
    be
    five
    classes
    in
    the
    morning.Now
    there
    are
    only
    four.
    In
    fact,
    every
    coin
    has
    two
    sides.So
    does
    the
    change
    in
    the
    school
    timetable.
    (  )61.This
    year,
    most
    Sichuan
    junior
    high
    schools
    start
    the
    first
    class
    ________.

    A.at
    about
    8:30
    am
    B.at
    about
    7:40
    am

    C.at
    about
    7:30
    am
    D.at
    about
    6:40
    am
    (  )62.Hearing
    the
    news,
    the
    students
    at
    Chengdu
    No.4
    Middle
    School
    felt
    ________.

    A.worried

    B.sad

    C.excited

    D.angry

    (  )63.How
    many
    classes
    are
    there
    in
    the
    morning
    in
    Chengdu
    schools
    now?

    A.Five.
    B.Four.

    C.Three.D.Two.

    (  )64.________
    used
    to
    drink
    coffee
    at
    night
    in
    order
    to
    finish
    homework.

    A.Some
    parents

    B.Liu
    Ming

    C.Wu
    Hongli
    D.Huang
    Shan

    (  )65.Which
    is
    RIGHT
    according
    to
    the
    text?
    A.The
    students
    in
    Chengdu
    No.12
    Middle
    School
    used
    to
    doze
    for
    the
    first
    two
    classes
    in
    the
    morning.
    B.All
    the
    parents
    say
    the
    change
    will
    help
    students
    learn
    better.
    C.The
    students
    will
    have
    to
    get
    up
    one
    hour
    earlier
    than
    before.
    D.Many
    teachers
    are
    worried
    that
    more
    sleep
    will
    mean
    less
    learning.
    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五种在阅读中的不良习惯,右栏是七种纠正措施。请将这五种不良习惯与相应的纠正措施配对。
    (  )66.Move
    your
    lips
    when
    reading
    silently.
    (  )67.Point
    to
    words
    with
    your
    fingers
    when
    you
    read.
    (  )68.Move
    your
    head
    from
    one
    side
    to
    the
    other
    when
    you
    read.
    (  )69.Read
    one
    word
    at
    a
    time.
    (  )70.Look
    up
    the
    meaning
    as
    soon
    as
    you
    meet
    a
    new
    word.
    A.Circle
    the
    important
    part
    of
    the
    article.
    B.Hold
    the
    two
    sides
    of
    your
    head
    with
    your
    two
    hands.Then
    you
    will
    not
    have
    a
    free
    finger
    to
    use
    in
    pointing
    while
    reading.
    C.Hold
    one
    piece
    of
    paper
    between
    your
    lips
    when
    reading.Then
    if
    your
    lips
    move,
    you
    will
    know
    it
    and
    can
    stop.
    D.Close
    your
    eyes
    when
    reading.
    E.Place
    your
    chin
    in
    your
    hand,
    and
    hold
    your
    head
    still.
    F.Learn
    to
    take
    in
    more
    words
    at
    each
    glance
    as
    your
    eyes
    travel
    across
    the
    lines
    of
    words.
    G.Put
    the
    dictionary
    out
    of
    your
    reach.五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)
    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。
    Wang
    Yani
    was
    born
    in
    1975
    in
    Guangdong,
    China.(71)________
    she
    was
    a
    baby,
    she
    loved
    to
    draw.She
    drew
    lines
    everywhere
    and
    (72)________
    on
    the
    walls!
    Her
    father
    was
    an
    artist.Yani
    wanted
    to
    be
    like
    (73)________
    some
    day.So
    she
    tried
    to
    stand
    like
    her
    (74)________
    when
    he
    painted.This
    made
    him
    laugh.One
    day,
    she
    drew
    lines
    (75)________
    the
    wall.She
    was
    only
    two
    and
    a
    half
    years
    (76)________,
    but
    her
    father
    got
    angry.She
    cried
    and
    said,
    “I
    want
    to
    paint
    like
    you!”
    What
    she
    said
    (77)________
    her
    father
    think
    about
    his
    own
    childhood.He
    also
    wanted
    to
    draw
    and
    paint.But
    his
    parents
    (78)________
    understand
    him.They
    just
    got
    angry.He
    decided
    to
    help
    his
    daughter
    (79)________
    an
    artist.
    Wang
    Yani
    was
    famous
    at
    a
    young
    age,
    (80)________
    she
    still
    has
    a
    normal
    (常人的)
    life.So
    the
    Wang
    family
    lives
    like
    everyone
    else.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    Helping
    others
    to
    have
    a
    better
    future
    is
    easier
    than
    you
    think.You
    don’t
    need
    to
    wait
    to
    become
    a
    billionaire
    (亿万富翁)
    like
    Bill
    Gates
    and
    Oprah
    Winfrey.You
    can
    help
    them
    even
    through
    you
    don’t
    have
    much
    money.To
    make
    a
    difference,
    you
    can
    become
    a
    volunteer,
    you
    can
    spend
    your
    time
    with
    them,
    you
    can
    give
    away
    your
    old
    clothes
    and
    so
    on.And
    by
    doing
    so,
    you
    can
    become
    a
    better
    and
    happier
    person.
    Choose
    who
    you
    want
    to
    support.People
    such
    as
    homeless
    people,
    hurricane
    (飓风)
    victims(受害者),
    and
    poor
    kids
    in
    Brazil
    and
    Africa
    are
    all
    suitable.Have
    you
    ever
    seen
    them
    on
    TV?
    They
    live
    in
    a
    poor
    condition
    and
    don’t
    even
    get
    enough
    food
    to
    eat.
    Choose
    what
    you
    are
    going
    to
    give.Yes!
    Sometimes
    it
    isn’t
    only
    money.You
    can
    be
    a
    volunteer,
    you
    can
    use
    your
    knowledge
    to
    teach
    poor
    kids,
    you
    can
    donate
    your
    old
    clothes,
    you
    can
    give
    them
    food,
    you
    can
    share
    a
    meal
    with
    a
    hungry
    child
    and
    you
    can
    define
    (定义)
    where
    your
    heart
    wants
    to
    start!
    Spread
    (传播)
    the
    words
    around
    the
    world,
    tell
    your
    friends,
    your
    family,
    put
    it
    in
    your
    blog,
    in
    your
    websites,
    because
    the
    good
    actions
    you
    did
    will
    be
    multiplied(增加)
    in
    this
    city!
    When
    you
    feel
    you
    are
    ready
    to
    help,
    consider
    creating
    your
    own
    ways.We
    can
    help
    them
    to
    have
    a
    better
    life.
    Information
    Card
    How
    to
    help
    others
    when
    you
    don’t
    have
    much
    money
    To
    spend
    (81)________________
    with
    them
    and
    (82)_______________
    your
    old
    clothes
    Who
    needs
    help
    such
    as
    homeless
    people,
    hurricane
    victims,
    (83)________________
    in
    Brazil
    and
    Africa.
    What
    you
    can
    choose
    to
    do
    You
    can
    be
    a
    volunteer,
    use
    (84)________________
    to
    teach
    poor
    kids,and
    donate
    your
    old
    clothes
    and
    food.
    What
    other
    things
    to
    do
    Let
    other
    people
    know
    it
    and
    do
    the
    good
    actions,
    too.
    Create
    (85)________________
    to
    help
    them.B.书面表达(本题15分)
    和谐社会少不了人与人之间的互相帮助。你一定得到过别人的帮助或帮助过别人吧。哪件事或哪个人给你的印象最为深刻?
    请结合上文写一篇短文,谈谈你帮助他人的一次比较难忘的经历。
    内容提示:
    1.How
    do
    you
    think
    of
    helping
    others?
    2.How
    did
    you
    help
    him
    or
    her?
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________Unit
    15 标准检测(时间:100分钟 满分:120分 得分:________)
       一、听力理解(本大题分为A、B、C、D四部分,共25小题,每小题1分,共25分)
    A.听句子(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    根据所听句子的内容和所提的问题,选择符合题意的图画回答问题。每小题听一遍。
    (  )1.Why
    is
    the
    air
    in
    the
    city
    becoming
    worse
    and
    worse?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )
    2.How
    is
    the
    woman
    going
    to
    Moscow?
    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )3.How
    does
    Tom
    go
    to
    work?A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )4.What
    does
    Maria
    usually
    do?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    (  )5.What
    did
    they
    want
    to
    see?

    A.
    B.
    C.
    B.听对话(本题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    回答每段对话后面的问题,在各题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。每段对话听两遍。
    听第一段对话,回答第6小题。

    (  )6.Where
    are
    the
    two
    speakers?

    A.In
    the
    zoo.

    B.In
    a
    store.

    C.At
    an
    aquarium.
    听第二段对话,回答第7小题。
    (  )7.What
    does
    the
    woman
    mean?

    A.They
    will
    help
    keep
    the
    place
    clean.

    B.They
    will
    help
    build
    a
    park.

    C.They
    will
    be
    allowed
    to
    drop
    rubbish.
    听第三段对话,回答第8小题。
    (  )8.What
    does
    the
    man
    mean?

    A.People
    save
    everything
    for
    others.

    B.People
    save
    everything
    for
    themselves.

    C.People
    needn’t
    save
    anything
    for
    others.
    听第四段对话,回答第9小题。
    (  )9.What
    does
    the
    girl
    think
    of
    the
    tigers
    in
    cages?

    A.They
    are
    hungry.

    B.They
    should
    be
    sent
    back
    to
    nature.

    C.They
    must
    be
    kept
    in
    cages.
    听第五段对话,回答第10小题。
    (  )10.What’s
    the
    man’s
    idea
    in
    the
    dialogue?

    A.The
    earth
    was
    not
    as
    warm
    as
    it
    is.

    B.It’s
    hard
    for
    people
    to
    stop
    the
    earth
    getting
    warmer.

    C.What
    people
    have
    done
    may
    make
    the
    earth
    get
    warmer.
    听第六段对话,回答第11-12小题。
    (  )11.When
    are
    they
    going
    to
    have
    a
    picnic?

    A.Next
    Sunday.

    B.This
    Sunday.

    C.Tomorrow.
    (  )12.What
    are
    they
    going
    to
    bring
    for
    a
    picnic?

    A.A
    guitar.
    B.A
    violin.
    C.A
    camera.
    听第七段对话,回答第13-15小题。
    (  )13.When
    is
    Danny
    going
    to
    take
    his
    driving
    test?

    A.This
    Thursday.

    B.Next
    Thursday.C.Next
    Tuesday.

    (  )14.Is
    Danny
    confident
    of
    his
    passing
    the
    driving
    test?

    A.Yes.

    B.No.

    C.It’s
    not
    mentioned.
    (  )15.Does
    the
    woman
    have
    her
    driver’s
    license?

    A.Yes.She
    passed
    the
    test
    the
    fourth
    time.

    B.No.She
    has
    failed
    the
    test
    three
    times.

    C.No.She
    was
    too
    busy
    to
    take
    the
    test.
    C.听短文(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请根据所听内容,在每小题给出的三个选项中,选出一个能完成句子的最佳答案。短文听两遍。
    (  )16.The
    speaker
    was
    looking
    for
    Chinese
    people
    all
    the
    time
    because
    ________.

    A.he
    couldn’t
    speak
    English

    B.he
    felt
    lonely
    C.he
    hated
    Americans
    (  )17.The
    speaker’s
    favorite
    activity
    is
    ________.

    A.readingB.running

    C.smoking
    (  )18.The
    reading
    group
    got
    together
    ________.

    A.once
    a
    month
    B.every
    two
    weeks
    C.every
    two
    months
    (  )19.The
    reading
    group
    often
    met
    ________.

    A.in
    a
    restaurant

    B.in
    a
    house

    C.in
    a
    restaurant
    or
    in
    a
    house
    (  )20.The
    speaker
    thought
    reading
    together
    was
    a
    good
    activity
    because
    ________.

    A.they
    could
    learn
    a
    lot
    of
    new
    words

    B.they
    could
    learn
    new
    skills

    C.they
    could
    forget
    all
    their
    problems
    at
    that
    time
    D.听填信息(本题有5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    你将听到的是几个人介绍如何进行环保的短文,请你根据所听内容填写下面的信息卡。短文听两遍。
    Name
    Job
    What
    he/she
    does
    Jason
    A
    teacher
    He
    takes
    short
    journeys
    (21)________
    or
    by
    bike.
    Susan
    /
    She
    only
    buys
    writing
    paper
    and
    cards
    made
    of
    (22)________
    paper.
    Fred
    /
    He’s
    careful
    not
    to
    (23)________
    electricity
    (电).
    Liu
    Mei
    An
    (24)________
    She
    often
    uses
    old
    clothes
    for
    (25)________.
    二、单项填空(本大题有20小题,每小题1分,共20分)
    在每小题的四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
    (  )26.—What
    do
    you
    think
    of
    the
    book?—It
    is
    suitable
    ________
    children
    to
    read
    because
    it
    is
    full
    of
    pictures
    and
    educational.
    A.toB.at
    C.forD.with
    (  )27.Selling
    the
    wine
    to
    the
    youth
    below
    18
    ________
    the
    law.

    A.against
    B.is
    against

    C.for
    D.is
    for
    (  )28.—Mum,
    can
    I
    go
    to
    play
    in
    the
    park?
    —If
    your
    work
    ________,
    you
    can
    go
    out.

    A.is
    done
    B.has
    done

    C.did
    D.will
    do
    (  )29.He
    spent
    years
    caring
    ________
    his
    sick
    mother.

    A.forB.onC.of
    D.to
    (  )30.They
    will
    ________
    the
    old
    houses
    to
    build
    a
    park.

    A.put
    off
    B.pull
    downC.put
    downD.push
    out
    (  )31.The
    light
    must________
    before
    you
    leave
    the
    classroom.

    A.turn
    onB.turn
    offC.be
    turned
    onD.be
    turned
    off
    (  )32.—What
    does
    he
    ________?
    —He
    is
    tall
    and
    has
    curly
    hair.

    A.look

    B.like

    C.look
    like

    D.be
    like
    (  )33.________
    more
    exercise
    will
    help
    you
    keep
    healthy.

    A.Take

    B.I
    take

    C.Taking
    D.Takes
    (  )34.At
    last,
    Lucy
    made
    the
    baby________.

    A.stop
    crying
    B.to
    stop
    cryingC.stop
    to
    cry
    D.to
    stop
    to
    cry
    (  )35.I
    think
    that
    the
    zoo
    ________
    a
    clean
    place
    ________
    animals.

    A.provides;
    for
    B.gives;
    forC.provides;
    withD.provides;
    in
    (  )36.It
    is
    very
    important
    and
    necessary
    ________paper
    in
    order
    to
    save
    the
    trees.

    A.recycle
    B.to
    recycle

    C.recycled
    D.recycling
    (  )37.Nylon
    (尼龙)
    is
    ________
    air,
    coal
    and
    water.

    A.made
    in
    B.made
    by

    C.made
    from

    D.made
    of
    (  )38.I
    have
    no
    ________
    money
    to
    lend
    you.

    A.spareB.spared
    C.freeD.freed
    (  )39.—It’s
    raining
    heavily,
    but
    my
    father
    hasn’t
    come
    back
    ________.

    —Don’t
    worry!
    He’ll
    be
    back
    soon.
    A.still
    B.yet
    C.either

    D.already
    (  )40.It
    ________
    that
    some
    drink
    is
    not
    healthy
    because
    it
    can
    cause
    cancer.
    A.inventedB.discoveredC.is
    inventedD.is
    discovered
    (  )41.I
    will
    ________
    better
    so
    that
    he
    won’t
    be
    disappointed
    in
    me.

    A.try
    to
    doing

    B.try
    doing

    C.try
    to
    do
    D.try
    do
    (  )42.Though
    they
    were
    in
    danger,
    he
    urged
    his
    people
    ________
    calm.
    A.remaining
    B.to
    remainC.remainD.remained
    (  )43.I’m
    very
    surprised
    to
    hear
    ________
    his
    failure.

    A.from
    B./

    C.ofD.on
    (  )44.There
    will
    not
    be
    enough
    space
    to
    ________
    the
    earth
    in
    the
    future.

    A.liveB.live
    in
    C.live
    on
    in
    D.live
    in
    on
    (  )45.More
    and
    more
    fish
    die
    because
    the
    river
    ____.A.polluted
    B.is
    polluted

    C.have
    been
    polluted
    D.is
    polluting
    三、完形填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
    通读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后在各小题所给的四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。
    Daniel
    was
    always
    making
    excuses
    for
    forgetting
    to
    do
    things.His
    usual
    excuse
    was
    “I
    was
    too
    busy”
    or
    “I
    didn’t
    have
    time”.
    Daniel’s
    parents
    were
    worried
    __46__
    him.“He
    mustn’t
    go
    through
    life
    making
    excuses
    all
    the
    time,”
    his
    father
    said.“Nobody
    will
    believe
    him.He
    won’t
    be
    able
    to
    keep
    a
    job.No
    bright
    girl
    will
    marry
    __47__.”
    “I
    don’t
    know
    __48__
    we
    can
    do,”
    said
    his
    mother.
    “I
    have
    a
    good
    __49__,”
    his
    father
    said.“If
    this
    doesn’t
    work,
    nothing
    will.”
    The
    next
    day
    was
    Daniel’s
    birthday.He
    was
    really
    looking
    forward
    to
    getting
    exciting
    presents.He
    woke
    up,
    expecting
    his
    parents
    to
    wish
    him
    “Happy
    birthday!”
    But
    all
    they
    said
    was
    “Good
    morning,
    Daniel.Hurry
    up,
    __50__
    you’ll
    be
    late
    for
    school.”
    There
    were
    no
    presents,
    not
    even
    a
    card.He
    was
    really
    __51__.
    “Never
    mind,”
    he
    thought.“They’ll
    give
    me
    a
    surprise
    after
    school.”
    But
    they
    didn’t.Finally,
    at
    dinner
    he
    said
    to
    his
    parents,
    “Today
    is
    __52__.”
    “Oh!”
    his
    father
    said.“So
    it
    is.I
    __53__.”
    “So
    did
    I,”
    his
    mother
    said.
    “How
    could
    you
    forget?”
    Daniel
    asked.“There
    must
    __54__
    a
    reason.”
    “Well,
    yes,”
    his
    father
    said.“We
    have
    a
    really
    good
    excuse
    for
    forgetting
    your
    birthday,
    Daniel.We
    didn’t
    remember
    your
    birthday
    __55__
    we
    were
    too
    busy.”
    Poor
    Daniel!He
    never
    had
    a
    silly
    excuse
    for
    not
    doing
    something
    again!
    (  )46.A.with
    B.about
    C.atD.in
    (  )47.A.heB.his

    C.him

    D.himself
    (  )48.A.how
    B.why
    C.where
    D.what
    (  )49.A.excuseB.message
    C.idea
    D.news
    (  )50.A.orB.and
    C.soD.but
    (  )51.A.happy
    B.sad
    C.excitedD.grateful
    (  )52.A.Sunday
    B.my
    birthday

    C.Father’s
    Day
    D.July
    2nd
    (  )53.A.believed

    B.agreed

    C.forgot
    D.remembered
    (  )54.A.be
    B.is

    C.areD.have
    (  )55.A.so
    that
    B.before
    C.although

    D.because
    四、阅读理解(本大题有15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读A、B两篇短文,并做每篇短文后的题目。从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    AWelcome
    to
    the
    2012
    London
    Olympic
    Games!
    Archery
    Archery
    has
    a
    10,000-year
    history,
    when
    bows
    and
    arrows
    were
    first
    used
    for
    hunting
    and
    war.
    Archery
    first
    appeared
    at
    the
    Paris
    Olympics
    of
    1900.It
    was
    removed
    after
    1908
    and
    only
    returned
    to
    the
    Olympics
    at
    Munich
    in
    1972.
    Did
    you
    know?
    In
    the
    14th
    century,
    archery
    was
    so
    important
    that
    an
    English
    law
    required
    every
    man,
    aged
    7
    to
    60,
    to
    practise
    it.
    BadmintonThis
    sport
    was
    invented
    by
    British
    soldiers
    in
    India
    who
    called
    it
    Poono,
    the
    same
    name
    as
    the
    town
    in
    which
    they
    lived.
    It
    was
    first
    played
    at
    the
    Olympics
    in
    1992
    at
    Barcelona.Although
    the
    rules
    of
    the
    modern
    sport
    were
    developed
    in
    England,
    Asian
    countries
    are
    now
    the
    best.
    Did
    you
    know?
    The
    best
    balls
    are
    said
    to
    be
    made
    from
    the
    feathers
    of
    the
    left
    wing
    of
    goose.
    FootballThere
    are
    two
    medal
    competitions
    for
    Olympic
    football,
    one
    for
    men’s
    teams
    and
    one
    for
    women’s.
    Football
    was
    first
    played
    at
    the
    1908
    Olympic
    Games
    and
    it
    has
    been
    played
    at
    every
    Olympic
    Games
    ever
    since,
    except
    for
    Los
    Angeles
    1932.
    Did
    you
    know?
    Hungary
    has
    won
    three
    football
    gold
    medals—more
    than
    any
    other
    country.TaekwondoThis
    Korean
    sport’s
    name
    means
    “the
    way
    of
    the
    hand
    and
    foot”.The
    players
    get
    points
    by
    hitting
    each
    other
    with
    these
    two
    parts
    of
    the
    body
    only.The
    players
    mustn’t
    lie
    on
    the
    floor
    and
    no
    equipment
    can
    be
    used.Taekwondo
    first
    appeared
    at
    the
    2000
    Sydney
    Games.
    Did
    you
    know?
    Over
    60
    million
    people
    from
    190
    countries
    around
    the
    world
    regularly
    take
    part
    in
    this
    sport.
    (  )56.Who
    invented
    the
    sport
    of
    badminton?

    A.Indians.

    B.British.
    C.Chinese.

    D.Koreans.
    (  )57.Which
    of
    these
    sports
    appeared
    earliest
    at
    the
    Olympics?

    A.Archery.
    B.Badminton.
    C.Taekwondo.
    D.Football.
    (  )58.Which
    sport
    was
    first
    named
    after
    a
    town?

    A.Badminton.

    B.Football.
    C.Taekwondo.

    D.Archery.(  )59.Which
    of
    the
    following
    picture
    shows
    the
    sport
    of
    “Taekwondo”?A.B.
    C.
    D.
    (  )60.Where
    can
    you
    most
    probably
    find
    the
    webpage?

    A.Sydney
    2000.com.

    B.Beijing
    2008.com.

    C.Guangzhou
    2010.com.

    D.London
    2012.com
    B
    Thirty
    years
    ago,
    Lake
    Ponkapog
    in
    Hartwell,
    New
    Jersey,
    was
    full
    of
    life.Many
    birds
    and
    animals
    lived
    beside
    the
    water,
    which
    was
    full
    of
    fish.Now
    there
    are
    few
    birds,
    animals
    and
    fish.The
    lake
    water
    is
    polluted.It
    is
    in
    a
    color
    of
    dirty
    brown,
    and
    it
    is
    filled
    with
    strange
    plants.
    How
    does
    this
    happen?
    First
    we
    must
    think
    about
    how
    water
    gets
    into
    Lake
    Ponkapog.When
    it
    rains,
    water
    comes
    into
    the
    lake
    from
    all
    around.In
    the
    past
    there
    were
    forests
    all
    around
    Lake
    Ponkapog
    so
    the
    rainwater
    was
    clean.
    Now
    there
    are
    many
    homes
    around
    the
    lake.People
    often
    use
    chemicals
    (化学品)
    in
    their
    gardens
    and
    inside
    their
    houses
    for
    cleaning
    or
    killing
    insects
    (昆虫).There
    are
    also
    many
    businesses.Businesses
    use
    chemicals
    in
    their
    machines
    or
    shops.When
    it
    rains,
    the
    rainwater
    picks
    up
    all
    the
    chemicals
    from
    homes
    and
    businesses
    and
    then
    carries
    them
    into
    the
    lake.They
    pollute
    the
    water
    and
    kill
    the
    animals.
    Boats
    on
    the
    lake
    are
    also
    a
    problem.Lake
    Ponkapog
    is
    a
    popular
    place
    for
    motorboats.But
    oil
    and
    gas
    from
    boats
    often
    get
    into
    the
    lake.So
    more
    bad
    chemicals
    go
    into
    the
    water
    this
    way.
    People
    in
    Hartwell
    are
    worried.They
    love
    their
    lake
    and
    want
    to
    save
    it.Will
    it
    possible?
    A
    clean
    lake
    must
    have
    clean
    rainwater
    going
    into
    it.Clean
    rainwater
    is
    possible
    only
    if
    people
    are
    more
    careful
    about
    chemicals
    at
    home
    and
    at
    work.They
    must
    also
    be
    more
    careful
    about
    gas
    and
    oil
    and
    other
    chemicals
    on
    the
    ground.And
    they
    mustn’t
    use
    motorboats
    any
    more
    on
    the
    lake.All
    these
    may
    change
    people’s
    lives.Only
    then
    can
    Lake
    Ponkapog
    be
    a
    beautiful,
    clean
    lake
    again.
    (  )61.In
    the
    past,
    the
    water
    in
    Lake
    Ponkapog
    was
    made
    clean
    by
    ________.

    A.forestsB.rainC.birds
    D.fish
    (  )62.Chemicals
    from
    homes
    and
    businesses
    ________.

    A.are
    always
    clean
    B.can
    help
    the
    animals

    C.are
    good
    for
    the
    lake

    D.get
    into
    the
    rainwater
    (  )63.Cleaner
    rainwater
    will
    mean
    ________.

    A.more
    boats
    on
    the
    lake

    B.more
    dirty
    things
    in
    the
    lake

    C.a
    cleaner
    lake

    D.a
    dirtier
    lake
    (  )64.To
    save
    Lake
    Ponkapog,
    people
    need
    to
    ________.

    A.be
    more
    careful
    about
    chemicals
    B.use
    less
    waterC.grow
    fewer
    plants
    in
    the
    gardens
    D.use
    more
    motorboats
    on
    the
    lake
    (  )65.The
    passage
    is
    about
    ________.
    A.boats
    on
    Lake
    Ponkapog

    B.why
    the
    water
    is
    dirty
    in
    Lake
    Ponkapog

    C.clean
    rainwater
    D.dirty
    lakes
    C
    配对阅读 左栏是五个人遇到的麻烦,右栏是给予的七条建议。请将这五个人与相应的建议配对。
    (  )66.I
    enjoy
    eating
    all
    kinds
    of
    food.But
    I’m
    getting
    fatter
    and
    fatter.What
    should
    I
    do?
    (  )67.I
    began
    to
    smoke
    when
    my
    friends
    asked
    me
    five
    years
    ago.I
    won’t
    be
    happy
    if
    I
    don’t
    smoke
    now.
    (  )68.My
    parents
    have
    both
    lost
    their
    work.And
    we
    have
    spent
    much
    money
    on
    our
    grandma’s
    health.It’s
    quite
    hard
    for
    me
    to
    continue
    my
    study
    at
    school.
    (  )69.My
    math
    is
    very
    good
    while
    Kate
    is
    poor
    at
    it.So
    she
    often
    asks
    me
    for
    help
    and
    we
    are
    often
    together.But
    some
    of
    my
    classmates
    think
    we’ve
    fallen
    in
    love.It
    makes
    me
    worried.
    (  )70.I
    can
    only
    go
    home
    once
    a
    week
    since
    I
    came
    to
    this
    school
    last
    year.I
    miss
    my
    family
    and
    old
    friends.I
    can’t
    concentrate
    on
    my
    study
    and
    sometimes
    I
    can’t
    get
    to
    sleep
    on
    time.
    A.Health
    is
    more
    important
    than
    anything
    else.You
    must
    do
    your
    best
    to
    drop
    cigarettes.
    B.You
    should
    stop
    eating
    rich
    food
    and
    take
    more
    exercise.Eating
    more
    vegetables
    should
    be
    helpful.
    C.Try
    writing
    a
    letter
    to
    your
    teacher
    and
    tell
    him
    about
    your
    difficulty.He
    may
    find
    a
    kind-hearted
    and
    rich
    person
    to
    help
    you.
    D.It
    can
    be
    useful
    to
    do
    more
    math
    exercises
    and
    think
    more
    about
    why
    the
    answers
    are
    wrong.
    E.It’s
    best
    not
    to
    think
    this
    way.You
    will
    live
    alone
    sooner
    or
    later.You
    should
    try
    your
    best
    to
    get
    used
    to
    being
    alone.
    F.Helping
    each
    other
    is
    a
    good
    habit.Don’t
    care
    so
    much
    about
    what
    others
    think
    of
    you.
    G.You
    can
    do
    more
    exercise
    to
    keep
    fit.Sleeping
    eight
    hours
    is
    also
    good
    for
    your
    health.
    五、短文填空(本大题有10小题,每小题1.5分,共15分)

    请用适当的词完成这篇短文,每个空只能填写一个形式正确、意义相符的单词。Many
    people
    like
    pandas
    (71)________
    they
    are
    shy,
    gentle
    and
    interesting.They
    live
    (72)________
    wet
    and
    warm
    places
    such
    as
    Sichuan
    and
    Gansu.
    (73)________
    used
    to
    be
    many
    pandas
    in
    the
    past,
    and
    (74)________
    lived
    in
    the
    east
    of
    China.But
    now
    pandas
    are
    one
    of
    the
    (75)________
    animals
    in
    China.They
    are
    (76)________
    fewer
    and
    fewer.We
    are
    (77)________
    to
    save
    pandas.We
    should
    establish
    more
    reserves
    (78)________
    pandas.We
    must
    let
    more
    people
    know
    about
    their
    (79)________
    .I
    believe
    there
    will
    be
    more
    pandas
    in
    (80)________
    future.
    六、读写综合(本大题分为A、B两部分,共20分)
    A.信息归纳(本题共5小题,每小题1分,共5分)
    请阅读下面这篇文章,根据所提供的信息,完成下面表格。
    More
    than
    1,500
    students
    from
    10
    high
    schools
    in
    six
    major
    Chinese
    provinces
    and
    big
    cities,
    including
    Beijing
    and
    Shanghai,
    joined
    in
    the
    survey,
    which
    showed
    the
    average
    (平均)
    monthly
    pocket
    money
    for
    young
    people
    was
    250
    yuan.Students
    in
    bigger
    cities,
    such
    as
    Shanghai
    and
    Beijing,
    are
    given
    up
    to
    500
    yuan.
    The
    average
    monthly
    income
    of
    Chinese
    urban
    (城市的)
    families
    was
    1,400
    yuan
    last
    year.But
    in
    the
    USA,
    South
    Korea
    and
    Japan,
    pocket
    money
    only
    accounts
    for
    (占)
    2%
    to
    4%
    of
    household
    income.And
    most
    Chinese
    teenagers
    want
    more,
    according
    to
    the
    survey.
    “When
    my
    son
    passes
    his
    exams,
    I
    usually
    give
    him
    what
    he
    wants,”
    said
    Zhang
    Yaohong,
    a
    38-year-old
    nurse
    in
    Shanghai.
    Zhang
    said
    she
    spent
    more
    than
    1,000
    yuan
    a
    month,
    almost
    one
    third
    of
    her
    salary,
    buying
    miniature
    cars
    as
    gifts
    for
    her
    16-year-old
    son.“I
    believe
    this
    can
    encourage
    him
    to
    put
    more
    efforts
    into
    his
    study,
    and
    I
    find
    it
    really
    works,”
    she
    said.
    Zhang
    said
    that
    apart
    from
    the
    gifts,
    she
    also
    gave
    him
    about
    500
    yuan
    pocket
    money
    a
    month.
    “Sometimes
    when
    he
    uses
    up
    all
    the
    money,
    I
    will
    give
    him
    a
    bit
    more,”
    Zhang
    said.“After
    all,
    I
    could
    not
    let
    him
    feel
    he’s
    behind
    the
    other
    kids.”
    Information
    Card
    Where
    the
    students
    come
    from
    They
    come
    from
    (81)______________
    major
    Chinese
    provinces
    and
    big
    cities.
    Average
    monthly
    pocket
    money
    for
    children
    in
    China
    About
    (82)________________yuan.
    In
    some
    developed
    countries
    The
    pocket
    money
    accounts
    for
    (83)_______________
    of
    household
    income.
    Why
    Chinese
    pa-rents
    give
    their
    children
    much
    pocket
    money
    The
    presents
    want
    to
    give
    their
    children
    what
    (84)
    _____________.
    The
    parents
    (85)________________
    their
    children
    to
    study
    harder
    by
    giving
    money.
    The
    parents
    don’t
    want
    to
    let
    their
    children
    feel
    they
    are
    behind
    the
    others.
    B.书面表达(本题15分)
    假如你们班针对目前中小学生乱用零花钱的现象举行了一次主题班会。请结合上文内容以及自身的情况写一篇发言稿。
    内容包括:
    1.零花钱过多助长不劳而获、独立性差的坏习惯。
    2.可以通过做家务获得零花钱。
    3.节省零花钱的建议。(至少一条)
    作文要求:
    1.不能照抄原文;不得在作文中出现学校的真实名称和学生的真实姓名。
    2.语句连贯,词数80个左右。
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________________________________
    Unit
    1 标准检测
    一、1-5 ACBCC 6-10 BCACB
    11-15 BACAB 16-20 BBABB
    21.winter 22.swim 23.week 24.week
    25.plane
    二、26-30 ABAAD 31-35 CBBDB
    36-40 BBBDA 41-45 AACAB
    三、46-50 DABCD 51-55 AAABD

    四、56-60 CCCDD 61-65 DBDCB
    66-70 ECAGD
    五、71.teaches 72.tries/does 73.a 74.After
    75.whether/if 76.questions 77.What
    78.happy/glad 79.nobody 80.in

    六、A.81.communicate
    with 82.interest 83.difficult
    84.way 85.study
    habits
    B.参考范文:
    My
    English
    Learning
    English
    is
    one
    of
    the
    subjects
    I
    do
    best
    in.
    I
    started
    learning
    English
    when
    I
    was
    eight
    years
    old.
    But
    at
    the
    beginning,
    listening
    seemed
    a
    little
    difficult
    for
    me.
    So
    I
    did
    a
    lot
    of
    listening
    practice,
    such
    as
    listening
    to
    tapes
    and
    watching
    English
    TV
    programs.
    In
    fact,
    there
    are
    some
    other
    helpful
    ways
    to
    learn
    English
    well.
    For
    example,
    I
    enjoy
    singing
    English
    songs
    and
    I
    like
    to
    join
    an
    English
    club.
    I
    believe
    everyone
    can
    learn
    English
    well
    if
    he
    tries
    his
    best.
    Unit
    2 标准检测
    一、1-5 CCAAB 6-10 BACBB
    11-15 ABAAC 16-20 ACCAB
    21.VCDs 22.sports 23.Painting 24.Cooking
    25.Chatting
    二、26-30 ADDAC 31-35 BBABC
    36-40 CABDC 41-45 ABBBD
    三、46-50 BABCA 51-55 CBCAB
    四、56-60 CBDAC 61-65 BCADA
    66-70 GDEFB
    五、71.all 72.when/while 73.But 74.It 75.There
    76.chopsticks 77.a 78.on 79.eat 80.after
    六、A.81.open 82.dream 83.tired
    of 84.work
    85.my
    mother
    B.参考范文:
    My
    Friend
    Has
    Changed
    a
    Lot
    My
    friend
    Celia
    has
    changed
    a
    lot.
    She
    was
    never
    interested
    in
    sports
    before,
    so
    she
    didn’t
    do
    many
    sports.
    She
    was
    keen
    on
    things
    like
    watching
    TV,
    listening
    to
    music
    and
    sleeping.
    In
    the
    P.E.
    class,
    other
    girls
    all
    did
    better
    than
    her
    and
    she
    always
    felt
    quite
    embarrassed.
    But
    two
    years
    and
    a
    half
    ago,
    she
    started
    to
    change.
    The
    Basketball
    Union
    paid
    a
    visit
    to
    her
    school,
    and
    told
    them
    much
    about
    basketball.
    Celia
    was
    taught
    how
    to
    play
    basketball
    and
    she
    really
    enjoyed
    it.
    Now
    she
    does
    sports
    with
    the
    basketball
    group
    like
    running
    and
    gym
    work.
    She
    thinks
    she’ll
    do
    better
    than
    others.
    Unit
    3 标准检测
    一、1-5 ABBBA 6-10 CCACC
    11-15 BACAB 16-20 CABBC

    21.kind 22.forty-five 23.late 24.uniforms
    25.nights
    二、26-30 BCBBB 31-35 CCDBC
    36-40 BBCBD 41-45 DACBB
    三、46-50 BACCD 51-55 ADABD
    四、56-60 CABBC 61-65 BAABC
    66-70 DBEGA
    五、71.British/English 72.But 73.at 74.between
    75.it 76.have 77.a 78.begin/start 79.as
    80.countries
    六、A.81.so
    often 82.the
    dinner
    table 83.downstairs
    84.called
    or
    texted 85.an
    excellent
    B.参考范文:
    How
    Teenagers
    Should
    Use
    Cell
    Phones
    Why
    not
    talk
    about
    it
    with
    your
    daughter?
    You
    should
    let
    her
    know
    you
    love
    her
    and
    you
    just
    want
    to
    keep
    her
    healthy
    and
    safe.
    In
    my
    family,
    my
    parents
    and
    I
    talk
    about
    what
    is
    allowed
    with
    my
    cell
    phone
    and
    what
    should
    be
    limited.
    This
    includes
    the
    cost
    of
    using
    it
    and
    the
    time
    when
    I
    use
    it.
    My
    cell
    phone
    must
    be
    turned
    off
    at
    9:30
    pm
    each
    night.
    I
    will
    have
    to
    limit
    the
    number
    of
    the
    people
    who
    have
    my
    cell
    phone
    number.
    If
    I
    can’t
    obey
    these
    rules,
    my
    cell
    phone
    will
    be
    taken
    away
    from
    me.
    Maybe
    you
    can
    try
    some
    of
    the
    ways
    and
    I
    hope
    you
    can
    find
    a
    good
    way
    to
    deal
    with
    it.
    Unit
    4 标准检测
    一、1-5 BABCB 6-10 CABBB
    11-15 ABBBA 16-20 CABCA
    21.fruits 22.water 23.candy 24.tennis
    25.swimming
    二、26-30 ACBBD 31-35 BACCB
    36-40 BDBDC 41-45 ADCDA
    三、46-50 BCBDD 51-55 DCBDA
    四、56-60 DCDCA 61-65 ADDDC
    66-70 EFDGA
    五、71.an 72.spend 73.money 74.each
    75.This/That/It 76.visiting 77.or 78.on
    79.with 80.is
    六、A.81.Guide 82.many
    pictures 83.one
    week
    84.her
    family 85.the
    world
    B.参考范文:
    What
    would
    you
    do
    with
    only
    a
    short
    life
    to
    live?
    If
    I
    just
    had
    a
    short
    life
    to
    live,
    I
    would
    do
    the
    following
    things.
    First
    I
    would
    visit
    all
    my
    family
    members
    and
    friends
    and
    tell
    them
    I
    love
    them.
    I
    would
    spend
    some
    time
    with
    them.
    Second,
    I
    would
    travel
    to
    Hawaii
    and
    watch
    the
    beautiful
    sunset.
    Third,
    I
    would
    take
    out
    all
    my
    photos
    and
    write
    down
    the
    storied
    about
    them.
    I’d
    remember
    why
    the
    photos
    were
    taken
    forever.
    Fourth,
    I
    would
    sell
    my
    house
    and
    donate
    the
    money
    to
    a
    charity
    to
    help
    other
    people.
    Last,
    I
    would
    buy
    a
    car
    and
    drive
    to
    somewhere
    I’d
    love
    to.
    Unit
    5 标准检测
    一、1-5 ABCBC 6-10 ACBCA
    11-15 ABBCC 16-20 BBCCA
    21.helpful 22.information 23.work 24.play
    25.perform
    二、26-30 BCCCA 31-35 BBAAB
    36-40 DCDBC 41-45 BABCA
    三、46-50 ADCDD 51-55 BCDCA
    四、56-60 CAABD 61-65 ADBAD
    66-70 GBFED
    五、71.work 72.a 74.him 74.hard/difficult/impossible
    75.than 76.for 77.but 78.lend 79.pay 80.never
    六、A.81.Tony 82.everything 83.looking
    through
    84.hang
    out 85.sad
    B.参考范文:
    Dear
    Tony,
    I’m
    very
    happy
    to
    hear
    from
    you.
    I
    feel
    sorry
    about
    what
    your
    parents
    did.
    I
    think
    you
    should
    understand
    them.
    They
    do
    those
    just
    because
    they
    want
    to
    protect
    you.
    They
    worry
    about
    you
    and
    don’t
    want
    you
    to
    get
    into
    trouble.
    I
    do
    agree
    that
    your
    parents
    should
    respect
    your
    right
    of
    privacy.
    You’d
    better
    do
    something
    to
    make
    them
    believe
    you
    again.
    Maybe
    they
    need
    your
    help
    to
    ease
    their
    fears.
    Explain
    that
    you
    have
    nothing
    to
    hide
    and
    want
    to
    share
    your
    experience
    with
    them.
    I
    hope
    you
    can
    solve
    it
    successfully.
    Yours,
    Bob
    Unit
    6 标准检测
    一、1-5 ABACB 6-10 CBCCA

    11-15 CACBA 16-20 BABCC
    21.sleep 22.children’s 23.Picture 24.history
    25.magazines
    二、26-30 CBCAA 31-35 CDBBD
    36-40 CCCAD 41-45 DACBC

    三、46-50 ACCAD 51-55 BDCBA

    四、56-60 ABBDB 61-65 BADCB
    66-70 CDAFB
    五、71.old 72.well/clearly 73.aren’t 74.A
    75.before/until 76.it 77.how 78.both
    79.cross 80.lights
    六、A.81.listening
    to
    music 82.middle
    school
    83.Two
    thirds 84.moving
    towards
    them
    85.their
    headphones
    B.参考范文:
    Dear
    Mary,
    How
    is
    everything
    going?
    Do
    you
    still
    enjoy
    listening
    to
    music
    while
    walking?
    I’d
    like
    to
    tell
    you
    something
    bad
    about
    that.
    A
    report
    says
    that
    more
    and
    more
    people
    are
    dying
    in
    traffic
    accidents
    because
    they
    are
    wearing
    headphones
    and
    can’t
    hear
    warnings
    from
    trains
    or
    cars.
    And
    they
    were
    not
    paying
    attention
    to
    traffic
    rules
    when
    they
    were
    wearing
    headphones.
    How
    dangerous
    it
    is!
    You’d
    better
    not
    wear
    the
    headphone
    while
    you
    are
    walking
    on
    the
    road.
    Pay
    attention
    to
    your
    surroundings.
    Although
    the
    music
    is
    wonderful,
    life
    is
    precious.
    Yours,
    JackUnit
    7 标准检测
    一、1-5 ACACA 6-10 ABBAC
    11-15 CBABC 16-20 ABACB
    21.Mr.Brown 22.second 23.late 24.2
    or
    3
    25.638-4935
    二、26-30 BDBCB 31-35 DDABC
    36-40 BCABA 41-45 CCCAB

    三、46-50 ADBCA 51-55 CCABC
    四、56-60 CDBCD 61-65 BDBDB
    66-70 DEFAG
    五、71.the 72.more 73.with 74.There
    75.This/It 76.in 77.President 78.how
    79.largest 80.has
    六、A.81.Berlin 82.shopping 83.sightseeing
    84.Australia 85.clean
    beaches
    B.参考范文:
    The
    famous
    place
    I
    would
    like
    to
    visit
    during
    my
    vacation
    is
    the
    Amazon
    Jungle
    in
    the
    Amazon
    Rainforest.
    The
    first
    reason
    I
    would
    like
    to
    visit
    it
    is
    that
    I
    want
    to
    have
    a
    look
    at
    one
    of
    the
    most
    beautiful
    rainforests
    in
    the
    world.
    The
    Amazon
    is
    home
    to
    the
    greatest
    variety
    of
    plants
    and
    animals
    on
    Earth.
    It
    is
    said
    that
    one
    fifth
    of
    the
    entire
    world’s
    plants
    and
    birds
    and
    about
    one
    tenth
    of
    all
    mammal
    species
    are
    found
    there.
    Secondly,
    this
    is
    the
    perfect
    place
    to
    enjoy
    nature,
    I
    think.
    I
    would
    love
    to
    walk
    in
    the
    rainforest
    to
    learn
    all
    about
    this
    wonderful
    natural
    wonder.
    Unit
    8 标准检测
    一、1-5 BCCAA 6-10 ACABB

    11-15 ACCBB 16-20 BCAAB
    21.town 22.London 23.train 24.hour
    25.woman
    二、26-30 BADBA 31-35 CCACC
    36-40 CBBBA 41-45 BACDA

    三、46-50 BCADB 51-55 CDCAC
    四、56-60 ADBBC 61-65 DCDCB
    66-70 CABFG
    五、71.willing 72.studying 73.free/spare 74.for
    75.well 76.a 77.spend 78.that 79.them
    80.up
    六、A.81.animal 82.environment 83.education
    centre
    84.an
    illness 
    85.Children’s
    Hospital
    B.参考范文:
    My
    Volunteer
    Days
    I
    became
    interested
    in
    volunteering
    when
    I
    knew
    some
    children
    had
    study
    difficulties.
    My
    friend
    and
    I
    went
    to
    help
    those
    children.
    We
    usually
    work
    with
    the
    children,
    helping
    them
    with
    their
    school
    work.
    We
    spend
    some
    time
    teaching
    them
    English,
    math,
    history
    and
    so
    on.
    Sometimes
    we
    play
    games
    together.
    It’s
    very
    rewarding
    helping
    them
    learn
    new
    knowledge
    and
    study
    skills.
    We
    find
    some
    of
    them
    have
    made
    great
    progress.
    I’ve
    built
    up
    many
    friendships
    and
    my
    students
    are
    always
    calling
    me
    for
    a
    chat.
    I
    really
    enjoy
    the
    days
    when
    I
    volunteer
    to
    help
    the
    children.
    I
    hope
    to
    be
    a
    real
    teacher
    in
    the
    future.
    Unit
    9 标准检测
    一、1-5 AABAA 6-10 CCACB
    11-15 CCBAB 16-20 ABBCB
    21.lost 22.stops 23.everyone 24.behavior
    25.own
    二、26-30 ABBCC 31-35 ABBBD
    36-40 CBAAA 41-45 ABDCC
    三、46-50 DAACD 51-55 CABDC
    四、56-60 CBCDA 61-65 CBCAC
    66-70 GACFE
    五、71.on 72.much/even 73.But 74.how 75.for 76.their 77.parts 78.There 79.based 80.with
    六、A.81.13-year-old 82.homeowner 83.talk
    to
    84.white
    noise 85.are
    away
    B.参考范文:
    I
    want
    to
    invent
    a
    special
    translator.
    I
    have
    the
    idea
    because
    I
    have
    trouble
    learning
    English.
    There
    are
    so
    many
    different
    languages
    in
    the
    world.
    Learning
    a
    foreign
    language
    takes
    me
    too
    much
    time.
    If
    the
    special
    translator
    is
    invented,
    you
    can
    clip
    it
    to
    your
    collar
    or
    use
    it
    as
    a
    necklace.
    and
    you
    can
    make
    it
    work
    when
    you
    talk
    to
    a
    foreigner.
    It
    can
    translate
    your
    local
    language
    into
    any
    language
    that
    you
    want.
    And
    when
    others
    talk
    to
    you,
    you
    can
    hear
    your
    own
    language!
    It
    makes
    the
    communication
    much
    easier.
    So
    I
    hope
    it
    will
    be
    invented
    as
    soon
    as
    possible.
    Unit
    10 标准检测
    一、1-5 AACCB 6-10 BCACC
    11-15 BCBCA 16-20 BCABB
    21.April
    26th,
    1997 22.29 23.sisters
    24.Football 25.medical
    二、26-30 BBDCB 31-35 DDCCC
    36-40 BCDCD 41-45 DBBDC

    三、46-50 CDABC 51-55 DBACA
    四、56-60 DBCAB 61-65 CBCAD
    66-70 ADEFB
    五、71.kites 72.great/good 73.ago 74.to 75.from
    76.people/men/us 77.used 78.been 79.a
    80.who
    六、A.81.send 82.were
    broken 83.10
    minutes
    84.be
    late 85.A
    bird
    B.参考范文:
    My
    Bad
    Day
    Yesterday
    afternoon
    I
    went
    to
    meet
    my
    friend
    at
    the
    airport,
    but
    the
    car
    broken
    down
    halfway.
    When
    I
    got
    to
    the
    airport,
    he
    had
    waited
    there
    for
    two
    hours.
    I
    felt
    embarrassed.
    Then
    I
    invited
    him
    to
    dinner,
    but
    when
    we
    ate
    up,
    I
    found
    I
    had
    left
    my
    wallet
    at
    home.
    So
    my
    friend
    paid
    for
    the
    meal.
    When
    I
    returned
    home,
    I
    found
    the
    water
    heater
    also
    had
    broken,
    so
    I
    just
    took
    a
    cold
    shower.
    It
    was
    really
    not
    my
    day.
    Unit
    11 标准检测
    一、1-5 CBBAB 6-10 BCBCB
    11-15 BCBAA 16-20 BABCA
    21.Film
    Museum 22.8:45 23.park
    24.6/six 25.notebook
    二、26-30 ACAAC 31-35 DBCCA
    36-40 ADADC 41-45 BCADB
    三、46-50 DCABD 51-55 CBBAD
    四、56-60 BCBAC 61-65 BBDCD
    66-70 EGABD
    五、71.by 72.reading 73.a 74.him
    75.train 76.same 77.down 78.about
    79.Because 80.say
    六、A.81.too
    early 82.do
    well 83.look
    at
    84.check
    your
    work 85.happy
    B.参考范文:
    I
    get
    very
    stressed
    before
    and
    during
    tests,
    but
    I
    have
    some
    great
    ways.
    My
    best
    way
    to
    deal
    with
    it
    before
    the
    test
    is
    to
    eat.
    It
    gives
    energy
    to
    my
    body
    and
    it
    also
    takes
    my
    mind
    off
    the
    test.

    When
    I
    am
    sitting
    at
    my
    desk
    and
    the
    test
    is
    about
    to
    begin,
    I
    breathe
    in
    and
    out
    calmly
    to
    relax
    myself.
    During
    the
    test,
    I
    try
    to
    focus
    on
    the
    test
    and
    I
    will
    forget
    how
    nervous
    and
    stressed
    I
    am.
    By
    focusing
    all
    my
    attention
    on
    my
    test,
    the
    time
    goes
    by
    quickly
    while
    I’m
    working
    out
    the
    questions.
    Unit
    12 标准检测
    一、1-5 CCCAB 6-10 ACAAB
    11-15 BCBCB 16-20 ABBBC
    21.pear 22.5/five 23.call 24.polite
    25.fork
    二、26-30 AAABC 31-35 BCBAC
    36-40 CADCD 41-45 ACCDA
    三、46-50 BCDBA 51-55 CADCA

    四、56-60 DABBC 61-65 ADCDA
    66-70 BCFAD
    五、71.with 72.money 73.take 74.because
    75.why 76.us 77.up 78.the 79.helps
    80.busy
    六、A.81.a
    piece
    of
    fruit 82.unhealthy 83.fat
    84.home 85.food
    service
    worker
    B.参考范文:
    A
    Healthy
    Lunch

    As
    we
    all
    know,
    lunch
    is
    very
    important
    to
    us.
    School
    offers
    us
    many
    kinds
    of
    healthy
    food,
    but
    some
    students
    don’t
    think
    the
    school
    lunch
    is
    delicious
    enough.
    So
    they
    often
    go
    out
    of
    school
    to
    eat.
    But
    I’m
    afraid
    that
    it’s
    bad
    for
    their
    health
    to
    have
    lunch
    outside
    the
    school,
    because
    some
    of
    the
    food
    they
    buy
    isn’t
    healthy
    or
    clean
    enough.

    In
    my
    opinion,
    if
    the
    schools
    want
    more
    students
    to
    get
    back
    and
    enjoy
    the
    school
    lunch,
    they
    should
    make
    the
    food
    more
    delicious,
    and
    they
    should
    offer
    a
    larger
    choice
    of
    food
    as
    well.
    To
    keep
    healthy,
    we’d
    better
    choose
    school
    lunch.
    Unit
    13 标准检测
    一、1-5 BCBBB 6-10 CBBAC
    11-15 BCAAC 16-20 BBACB
    21.better 22.quickly 23.books 24.walking
    25.computer
    二、26-30 CCCBB 31-35 ABDCB
    36-40 BBDBC 41-45 CDABB
    三、46-50 CDABD 51-55 DDCAB
    四、56-60 ACDAB 61-65 CBDDCw
    66-70 BADCF
    五、71.on 72.friends 73.visit 74.called
    75.but 76.necks 77.them 78.finished
    79.shopping 80.own
    六、A.81.3/Three 82.homework
    to
    do
    83.junk
    food 84.short-sighted
    85.making
    B.参考范文:
    I
    feel
    quite
    upset
    these
    days.
    I
    failed
    most
    of
    my
    exams.
    I
    think
    I
    have
    tried
    my
    best.
    I
    study
    very
    late
    every
    day.
    Maybe
    I
    should
    have
    enough
    sleep
    so
    that
    I
    have
    enough
    energy
    to
    study.
    Another
    thing
    that
    makes
    me
    sad
    is
    my
    relationship
    with
    my
    parents.
    I
    find
    it
    hard
    to
    communicate
    with
    my
    parents.
    They
    are
    always
    asking
    me
    to
    study
    hard.
    They
    don’t
    mind
    whether
    I
    am
    happy
    or
    not.
    I’d
    better
    talk
    to
    them
    and
    make
    them
    understand
    how
    I
    feel.
    I
    hope
    everything
    will
    be
    better
    soon.
    Unit
    14 标准检测
    一、1-5 BCAAC 6-10 BCCBC
    11-15 BCACC 16-20 CBBAB
    21.fashion 22.ring 23.scarf 24.sunglasses
    25.coolest

    二、26-30 CBBAB 31-35 DDBBA
    36-40 BACCC 41-45 ACDBB
    三、46-50 BCABB 51-55 ADCAD
    四、56-60 BCCBA 61-65 ACBCA
    66-70 CBEFG
    五、71.As 72.even 73.him 74.father 75.on
    76.old 77.made 78.couldn’t 79.become 80.but
    六、A.81.your
    time 82.give
    away 83.poor
    kids
    84.your
    knowledge 85.your
    own
    ways
    B.参考范文:
    Everyone
    needs
    help.
    In
    our
    life
    we
    often
    help
    others
    and
    also
    get
    help
    from
    others.
    Giving
    or
    getting
    help
    can
    really
    bring
    us
    pleasure.
    So
    we
    should
    help
    others
    who
    are
    in
    trouble.
    Last
    week,
    I
    met
    an
    old
    woman
    on
    my
    way
    home.
    She
    came
    to
    our
    city
    to
    see
    her
    husband
    in
    hospital.
    But
    she
    was
    lost
    and
    forgot
    which
    bus
    to
    take.
    I
    took
    her
    to
    the
    bus
    stop
    and
    showed
    her
    the
    right
    bus.
    She
    was
    very
    thankful.
    I
    was
    happy
    because
    of
    giving
    her
    help.
    I
    think
    helping
    each
    other
    makes
    the
    world
    wonderful.
    Unit
    15 标准检测

    一、1-5 CABBB 6-10 AABBC
    11-15 BABAB 15-20 BACCC
    21.on
    foot 22.recycled 23.waste 24.artist
    25.cleaning
    二、26-30 CBAAB 31-35 DCCAA
    36-40 BCABD 41-45 CBCDB
    三、46-50 BCDCA 51-55 BBCAD
    四、56-60 BAACD 61-65 ADCAB
    66-70 BACFE
    五、71.because 72.in 73.There 74.they
    75.endangered 
    76.becoming 77.trying 78.for
    79.situation 80.the
    六、A.81.six/6 82.250 83.2%
    to
    4% 84.they
    want
    85.encourage
    B.参考范文:
    Hi,
    everyone!
    I
    think
    too
    much
    pocket
    money
    makes
    us
    become
    less
    independent
    and
    get
    used
    to
    asking
    for
    money
    without
    doing
    anything.
    It
    is
    harmful
    for
    us.
    We
    shouldn’t
    ask
    for
    too
    much
    money
    from
    our
    parents.
    I
    think
    earning
    pocket
    money
    by
    doing
    chores
    is
    a
    good
    way.
    We
    can
    learn
    to
    make
    money
    by
    working
    hard.
    We
    should
    also
    spend
    money
    wisely.
    For
    example,
    we
    can
    write
    down
    all
    daily
    expenses,
    and
    then
    we
    can
    learn
    how
    many
    necessary
    expenses
    we
    have.
    We
    should
    save
    money
    by
    taking
    a
    bus
    instead
    of
    taking
    a
    taxi,
    which
    not
    only
    helps
    the
    environment
    but
    also
    helps
    save
    money.
    【人教版新目标】九年级英语全套单元测试题(112页,Word版,含答案)》由:卡耐基范文网整理
    链接地址:http://www.gjknj.com/duwu/343659.html
    转载请保留,谢谢!
  • 下一篇:四年级下册数学试题-专题培优:第一讲 画图凑数(无答案)全国通用